Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

the order still stands

  • 1 the order still stands

    rīkojums vēl ir spēkā

    English-Latvian dictionary > the order still stands

  • 2 stand

    stænd
    1. past tense, past participle - stood; verb
    1) (to be in an upright position, not sitting or lying: His leg was so painful that he could hardly stand; After the storm, few trees were left standing.)
    2) ((often with up) to rise to the feet: He pushed back his chair and stood up; Some people like to stand (up) when the National Anthem is played.)
    3) (to remain motionless: The train stood for an hour outside Newcastle.)
    4) (to remain unchanged: This law still stands.)
    5) (to be in or have a particular place: There is now a factory where our house once stood.)
    6) (to be in a particular state, condition or situation: As matters stand, we can do nothing to help; How do you stand financially?)
    7) (to accept or offer oneself for a particular position etc: He is standing as Parliamentary candidate for our district.)
    8) (to put in a particular position, especially upright: He picked up the fallen chair and stood it beside the table.)
    9) (to undergo or endure: He will stand (his) trial for murder; I can't stand her rudeness any longer.)
    10) (to pay for (a meal etc) for (a person): Let me stand you a drink!)

    2. noun
    1) (a position or place in which to stand ready to fight etc, or an act of fighting etc: The guard took up his stand at the gate; I shall make a stand for what I believe is right.)
    2) (an object, especially a piece of furniture, for holding or supporting something: a coat-stand; The sculpture had been removed from its stand for cleaning.)
    3) (a stall where goods are displayed for sale or advertisement.)
    4) (a large structure beside a football pitch, race course etc with rows of seats for spectators: The stand was crowded.)
    5) ((American) a witness box in a law court.)
    •
    - standing
    3. noun
    1) (time of lasting: an agreement of long standing.)
    2) (rank or reputation: a diplomat of high standing.)
    •

    4. adjective
    ((of an airline passenger or ticket) costing or paying less than the usual fare, as the passenger does not book a seat for a particular flight, but waits for the first available seat.)

    5. adverb
    (travelling in this way: It costs a lot less to travel stand-by.)
    - standing-room
    - make someone's hair stand on end
    - stand aside
    - stand back
    - stand by
    - stand down
    - stand fast/firm
    - stand for
    - stand in
    - stand on one's own two feet
    - stand on one's own feet
    - stand out
    - stand over
    - stand up for
    - stand up to
    stand1 n tribuna / gradería
    stand2 vb
    1. estar de pie
    2. ponerse de pie / levantarse
    everyone stood when the headmaster came in al entrar el director, todo el mundo se puso de pie
    3. estar
    4. poner
    5. aguantar / soportar
    stand still! ¡estáte quieto! / ¡no te muevas!


    stand m (pl stands) Com stand ' stand' also found in these entries: Spanish: abordaje - aguantar - arisca - arisco - así - atragantarse - atravesarse - atril - banquillo - brazo - campar - cara - caseta - condescendencia - contemplación - convoy - cruzarse - cuadrarse - desorganizada - desorganizado - despuntar - destacar - destacarse - distinguirse - dominar - elevarse - erguirse - erizar - erizarse - estrado - expositor - expositora - flojera - frente - fritura - gorda - gordo - imponer - intríngulis - levantarse - obstaculizar - pabellón - parar - parada - parado - paragüero - pararse - paripé - perchero - pie English: angular - bear - booth - chance - end - fast - hair - humour - hypocrite - leg - news-stand - one-night - pace - stand - stand about - stand around - stand aside - stand back - stand by - stand down - stand for - stand in - stand out - stand over - stand up - stand-in - stand-off - stand-offishness - stand-to - stand-up comic - standby ticket - still - stood - taxi stand - wastefulness - whereas - witness stand - attention - band - bristle - clear - coat - crowd - ease - freeze - get - grand - ground - hand - head
    tr[stænd]
    1 (position) lugar nombre masculino, sitio; (attitude, opinion) posición nombre femenino, postura; (defence, resistence) resistencia
    2 (of lamp, sculpture, etc) pie nombre masculino, pedestal nombre masculino, base nombre femenino
    4 (for taxis) parada
    5 SMALLSPORT/SMALL (in stadium) tribuna
    6 SMALLAMERICAN ENGLISH/SMALL (witness box) estrado
    intransitive verb (pt & pp stood tr[stʊd])
    1 (person - be on one's feet) estar de pie, estar; (- get up) ponerse de pie, levantarse; (- remain on one's feet) quedarse de pie; (- take up position) ponerse
    ■ stand still! ¡estáte quieto,-a!, ¡no te muevas!
    ■ don't just stand there! ¡no te quedes allí parado!
    2 (measure - height) medir; (- value, level) marcar, alcanzar
    ■ inflation stands at 6% la inflación alcanza el 6%
    3 (thing - be situated) estar, encontrarse, haber
    4 (remain valid) seguir en pie, seguir vigente
    ■ he stands high in their opinion tienen muy buena opinión de él, le tienen mucho respeto
    ■ how do things stand between you and your boss? ¿cómo están las cosas entre tu jefe y tú?
    7 (take attitude, policy) adoptar una postura
    ■ where do you stand on abortion? ¿cuál es tu posición sobre el aborto?
    9 (liquid) estancar; (mixture) reposar
    10 SMALLPOLITICS/SMALL (run) presentarse
    1 (place) poner, colocar
    2 familiar (bear, tolerate) aguantar, soportar; (endure, withstand) soportar, resistir
    ■ will it stand the test of time? ¿resistirá el paso del tiempo?
    3 familiar (invite) invitar
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    'No standing' SMALLAMERICAN ENGLISH/SMALL "Prohibido estacionarse"
    'Stand and deliver!' "La bolsa o la vida"
    to do something standing on one's head hacer algo con los ojos cerrados
    to know where one stands saber a qué atenerse
    to make a stand against (gen) oponer resistencia a 2 (mil) resistir a
    not to stand a chance no tener ni la más remota posibilidad
    to stand bail (for somebody) salir fiador,-ra (por alguien)
    to stand clear (of something) apartarse (de algo)
    ■ stand clear of the doors! ¡apártense de las puertas!
    to stand fast / stand firm mantenerse firme
    to stand in the way of impedir, obstaculizar, poner trabas a
    to stand on ceremony ser muy ceremonioso,-a
    to stand one's ground mantenerse firme, seguir en sus trece
    to stand on one's head hacer el pino
    to stand on one's own two feet apañárselas solo,-a
    to stand out a mile saltar a la vista
    to stand somebody in good stead resultarle muy útil a alguien
    to stand something on its head dar la vuelta a algo, poner algo patas arriba
    to stand to attention estar firmes, cuadrarse
    to stand to reason ser lógico,-a
    to stand trial ser procesado,-a
    to stand up and be counted dar la cara por sus principios
    cake stand bandeja para pasteles
    coat stand / hat stand perchero
    newspaper stand quiosco
    stand ['stænd] v, stood ['stʊd] ; standing vi
    1) : estar de pie, estar parado
    I was standing on the corner: estaba parada en la esquina
    2) or to stand up : levantarse, pararse, ponerse de pie
    they stand third in the country: ocupan el tercer lugar en el país
    the machines are standing idle: las máquinas están paradas
    how does he stand on the matter?: ¿cuál es su postura respecto al asunto?
    5) be: estar
    the house stands on a hill: la casa está en una colina
    6) continue: seguir
    the order still stands: el mandato sigue vigente
    stand vt
    1) place, set: poner, colocar
    he stood them in a row: los colocó en hilera
    2) tolerate: aguantar, soportar
    he can't stand her: no la puede tragar
    3)
    to stand firm : mantenerse firme
    4)
    to stand guard : hacer la guardia
    1) resistance: resistencia f
    2) booth, stall: stand m, puesto m, kiosko m (para vender periódicos, etc)
    3) base: pie m, base f
    4) : grupo m (de árboles, etc.)
    5) position: posición f, postura f
    6) stands npl
    grandstand: tribuna f
    n.
    • apostadero s.m.
    • banca s.f.
    • caseta s.f.
    • etapa s.f.
    • parada s.f.
    • pedestal s.m.
    • pie s.m.
    • posición s.f.
    • postura s.f.
    • puesto s.m.
    • quiosco s.m.
    • soporte s.m.
    • tarima s.f. (Election, UK)
    v.
    • presentarse (E lección) (•Gobierno•) v.
    v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: stood) = estar v.
    (§pres: estoy, estás...) pret: estuv-•)
    • resistir v.
    • soportar v.
    stænd
    I
    1)
    a) ( position) lugar m, sitio m
    b) ( attitude) postura f, posición f

    to take a stand on something — adoptar una postura or posición (con) respecto a algo

    c) ( resistance) resistencia f

    to make a stand against something — oponer* resistencia a algo

    2)
    a) (pedestal, base) pie m, base f
    b) ( for sheet music) atril m
    c) (for coats, hats) perchero m
    3) (at fair, exhibition) stand m, caseta f; ( larger) pabellón m

    newspaper stand — puesto m de periódicos

    a hot-dog stand — (esp AmE) un puesto de perritos calientes

    4) ( for spectators) (often pl) tribuna f
    5) ( witness box) (AmE) estrado m

    II
    1.
    (past & past p stood) intransitive verb
    1)
    a) (be, remain upright) \<\<person\>\> estar* de pie, estar* parado (AmL)
    b) ( rise) levantarse, ponerse* de pie, pararse (AmL)

    her hair stood on end — se le pusieron los pelos de punta, se le pararon los pelos (AmL); see also stand up

    c) ( in height)

    the tower stands 30 meters high — la torre tiene or mide 30 metros de altura

    2) (move, take up position) ponerse*, pararse (AmL)

    stand over there — ponte or (AmL tb) párate allí

    he stood on a chair — se subió a or (AmL tb) se paró en una silla

    to stand aside — hacerse* a un lado, apartarse

    can you stand on your head? — ¿sabes pararte de cabeza or (Esp) hacer el pino?

    3)
    a) (be situated, located)

    where do you stand on this issue? — ¿cuál es tu posición en cuanto a este problema?

    c) (be mounted, fixed)

    a hut standing on wooden piles — una choza construida or que descansa sobre pilotes de madera

    4)
    a) (stop, remain still) \<\<person\>\>

    can't you stand still for two minutes? — ¿no puedes estarte quieto un minuto?

    no standing — (AmE) estacionamiento prohibido, prohibido estacionarse

    to stand firm o fast — mantenerse* firme

    b) ( remain undisturbed) \<\<batter/water\>\>
    c) (survive, last)
    5) (remain unchanged, valid) \<\<law/agreement\>\> seguir* vigente or en vigor
    6)
    a) (be)

    to stand AT something: unemployment stands at 17% el desempleo alcanza el 17%; receipts stand at $150,000 — el total recaudado asciende a 150.000 dólares

    to stand to + INF: he stands to lose a fortune puede llegar a perder una fortuna; what does she stand to gain out of this? — ¿qué es lo que puede ganar con esto ?

    7) (for office, election) (BrE) presentarse (como candidato)

    to stand FOR something: she is standing for the presidency — se va a presentar como candidata a la presidencia


    2.
    vt
    1) ( place) poner*; (carefully, precisely) colocar*

    he stood the ladder against the wall — puso or colocó or apoyó la escalera contra la pared

    2)
    a) (tolerate, bear) (with can, can't, won't) \<\<pain/noise\>\> aguantar, soportar

    I can't stand him — no lo aguanto or soporto, no lo trago (fam)

    I can't stand it any longer! — no puedo más!, no aguanto más!

    to stand -ING: she can't stand being interrupted — no soporta or no tolera que la interrumpan

    b) ( withstand) \<\<heat/strain\>\> soportar, resistir
    3) ( pay for) \<\<drink/dinner\>\> invitar a
    •
    Phrasal Verbs:
    [stænd] (vb: pt, pp stood)
    1. N
    1) (=position) posición f, puesto m
    2) (fig) (=stance) actitud f, postura f
    3) (Mil)
    - make a stand

    to make or take a stand against sth — oponer resistencia a algo

    one-night stand
    4) (for taxis) parada f (de taxis)
    5) (=lamp stand) pie m; (=music stand) atril m; (=hallstand) perchero m
    6) (=newspaper stand) quiosco m, puesto m (esp LAm); (=market stall) puesto m; (in shop) estante m, puesto m; (at exhibition) caseta f, stand m; (=bandstand) quiosco m
    7) (Sport) (=grandstand) tribuna f
    8) (Jur) estrado m

    to take the stand — (esp US) (=go into witness box) subir a la tribuna de los testigos; (=give evidence) prestar declaración

    9) [of trees] hilera f, grupo m
    10) *** (=erection) empalme *** m
    2. VT
    1) (=place) poner, colocar
    2) (=withstand) resistir
    - stand one's ground
    3) (=tolerate) aguantar

    I can't stand it any longer! — ¡no aguanto más!

    I can't stand (the sight of) him — no lo aguanto, no lo puedo tragar

    I can't stand waiting for people — no aguanto or soporto que me hagan esperar

    chance 1., 3)
    4) * (=pay for)

    to stand sb a drink/meal — invitar a algn a una copa/a comer

    3. VI
    1) (=be upright) estar de pie or derecho, estar parado (LAm)

    we must stand together — (fig) debemos unirnos or ser solidarios

    - stand on one's own two feet
    - stand tall
    ease 1., 4)
    2) (=get up) levantarse, pararse (LAm)

    all stand! — ¡levántense!

    3) (=stay, stand still)

    don't just stand there, do something! — ¡no te quedes ahí parado, haz algo!

    to stand talking — seguir hablando, quedarse a hablar

    we stood chatting for half an hour — charlamos durante media hora, pasamos media hora charlando

    stand and deliver! — ¡la bolsa o la vida!

    4) (=tread)

    he stood on the brakes — (Aut) * pisó el freno a fondo

    5) (=measure) medir

    the mountain stands 3,000m high — la montaña tiene una altura de 3.000m

    6) (=have reached)

    the thermometer stands at 40° — el termómetro marca 40 grados

    the record stands at ten minutes — el record está en diez minutos, el tiempo récord sigue siendo de diez minutos

    sales stand at five per cent more than last year — las ventas han aumentado en un cinco por cien en relación con el año pasado

    7) (=be situated) encontrarse, ubicarse (LAm)
    8) (=be mounted, based) apoyarse
    9) (=remain valid) [offer, argument, decision] seguir en pie or vigente

    it has stood for 200 years — ha durado 200 años ya, lleva ya 200 años de vida

    10) (fig) (=be placed) estar, encontrarse

    as things stand, as it stands — tal como están las cosas

    how do we stand? — ¿cómo estamos?

    where do you stand with him? — ¿cuáles son tus relaciones con él?

    11) (=be in a position)

    what do we stand to gain by it? — ¿qué posibilidades hay para nosotros de ganar algo?, ¿qué ventaja nos daría esto?

    we stand to lose a lot — para nosotros supondría una pérdida importante, estamos en peligro de perder bastante

    12) (=be)

    to stand (as) security for sb — (Econ) salir fiador de algn; (fig) salir por algn

    it stands to reason that... — es evidente que..., no cabe duda de que...

    clear 2., 3), correct 2., 1)
    13) (=remain undisturbed) estar

    to let sth stand in the sun — poner algo al sol, dejar algo al sol

    14) (Brit) (Pol) presentarse (como candidato)

    • to stand against sb in an election — presentarse como oponente a algn en unas elecciones

    • to stand as a candidate — presentarse como candidato

    • to stand for Parliament — presentarse como candidato a diputado

    15) (Econ)

    there is £50 standing to your credit — usted tiene 50 libras en el haber

    * * *
    [stænd]
    I
    1)
    a) ( position) lugar m, sitio m
    b) ( attitude) postura f, posición f

    to take a stand on something — adoptar una postura or posición (con) respecto a algo

    c) ( resistance) resistencia f

    to make a stand against something — oponer* resistencia a algo

    2)
    a) (pedestal, base) pie m, base f
    b) ( for sheet music) atril m
    c) (for coats, hats) perchero m
    3) (at fair, exhibition) stand m, caseta f; ( larger) pabellón m

    newspaper stand — puesto m de periódicos

    a hot-dog stand — (esp AmE) un puesto de perritos calientes

    4) ( for spectators) (often pl) tribuna f
    5) ( witness box) (AmE) estrado m

    II
    1.
    (past & past p stood) intransitive verb
    1)
    a) (be, remain upright) \<\<person\>\> estar* de pie, estar* parado (AmL)
    b) ( rise) levantarse, ponerse* de pie, pararse (AmL)

    her hair stood on end — se le pusieron los pelos de punta, se le pararon los pelos (AmL); see also stand up

    c) ( in height)

    the tower stands 30 meters high — la torre tiene or mide 30 metros de altura

    2) (move, take up position) ponerse*, pararse (AmL)

    stand over there — ponte or (AmL tb) párate allí

    he stood on a chair — se subió a or (AmL tb) se paró en una silla

    to stand aside — hacerse* a un lado, apartarse

    can you stand on your head? — ¿sabes pararte de cabeza or (Esp) hacer el pino?

    3)
    a) (be situated, located)

    where do you stand on this issue? — ¿cuál es tu posición en cuanto a este problema?

    c) (be mounted, fixed)

    a hut standing on wooden piles — una choza construida or que descansa sobre pilotes de madera

    4)
    a) (stop, remain still) \<\<person\>\>

    can't you stand still for two minutes? — ¿no puedes estarte quieto un minuto?

    no standing — (AmE) estacionamiento prohibido, prohibido estacionarse

    to stand firm o fast — mantenerse* firme

    b) ( remain undisturbed) \<\<batter/water\>\>
    c) (survive, last)
    5) (remain unchanged, valid) \<\<law/agreement\>\> seguir* vigente or en vigor
    6)
    a) (be)

    to stand AT something: unemployment stands at 17% el desempleo alcanza el 17%; receipts stand at $150,000 — el total recaudado asciende a 150.000 dólares

    to stand to + INF: he stands to lose a fortune puede llegar a perder una fortuna; what does she stand to gain out of this? — ¿qué es lo que puede ganar con esto ?

    7) (for office, election) (BrE) presentarse (como candidato)

    to stand FOR something: she is standing for the presidency — se va a presentar como candidata a la presidencia


    2.
    vt
    1) ( place) poner*; (carefully, precisely) colocar*

    he stood the ladder against the wall — puso or colocó or apoyó la escalera contra la pared

    2)
    a) (tolerate, bear) (with can, can't, won't) \<\<pain/noise\>\> aguantar, soportar

    I can't stand him — no lo aguanto or soporto, no lo trago (fam)

    I can't stand it any longer! — no puedo más!, no aguanto más!

    to stand -ING: she can't stand being interrupted — no soporta or no tolera que la interrumpan

    b) ( withstand) \<\<heat/strain\>\> soportar, resistir
    3) ( pay for) \<\<drink/dinner\>\> invitar a
    •
    Phrasal Verbs:

    English-spanish dictionary > stand

  • 3 stand

    {stænd}
    I. 1. стоя, стоя прав, държа се на краката си
    to STAND fast/firm държа се здраво на краката си, не се клатя, не залитам, прен. държа се, запазвам възгледите/позициите си, не отстъпвам
    to STAND in someone's light тъмнея на, преча/попречвам/бъркам на кариерата и пр. на някого
    2. ставам (обик. с up)
    3. спирам се, заставам
    to STAND still стоя на едно място, не мърдам, стоя мирно/неподвижно, стихвам, притихвам, замирам
    STAND and deliver! горе ръцете! парите или живота
    4. висок cъм...
    she STANDs five foot three тя e висока пет фута и три инча
    5. оставам на мястото си, запазвам се, задържам се, не се променям
    this paint will STAND тази боя няма да избелее/да се изтрие
    the house still STANDs къщата e още там/още стои
    to be left STANDing оцелявам (за сграда)
    6. оставам в сила, валиден съм (и to STAND good)
    the order STANDs заповедта e още в сила
    this translation may STAND този превод може да остане и така
    7. издържам, понасям, търпя, изтърпявам, изтрайвам, устоявам на, подложен съм на
    to STAND fire воен. издържам на огъня на неприятеля, прен. издържам на изпитание, устоявам на нападки
    to STAND the test of time издържам проверката на времето
    8. съм/намирам се в дадено положение/място
    to STAND alone сам съм, не получавам подкрепа от никого, нямам равен на себе си
    to STAND guard стоя на пост
    to STAND clear of a door, etc. отмествам се/пазя се/стоя настрана от врата и пр. (при затварянето и)
    to STAND first пръв съм (на списък и пр.)
    to STAND someone's friend проявявам се като приятел на някого
    to STAND corrected признавам/приемам, че съм сбъркал
    9. слагам, поставям, турям, изправям
    to STAND someone in the corner изправям някого в ъгъла (за наказание)
    10. разг. черпя, почерпвам, угощавам (и с to)
    to STAND a drink черпя, плащам за пиенето
    11. лов. правя стойка (за куче)
    12. мор. насочвам се, отправям се (for към)
    to STAND to gain/win имам всички изгледи за успех
    to STAND to lose очаква ме сигурен неуспех
    stand about вися/стоя без работа, мотая се
    stand against противя се/съпротивлявам се на, устоявам на
    stand around stand about
    stand aside дръпвам се настрана, отдръпвам се, отмествам се, не взимам участие, оставам безучастен, прен. отстъпвам
    stand away отдръпвам се, отмествам се
    stand back отдръпвам се назад, отстъпвам, отдалечен съм от, прен. оставам/стоя (си) настрана
    stand by стоя със скръстени ръце, не предприемам нищо, безучастен зрител съм, заставам на страната на, поддържам, защищавам, подкрепям, помагам на, държа на, придържам се към, спазвам
    II. 1. спиране
    to come/be brought to a STAND спирам се, бивам спрян
    to be at a STAND объркан съм, недоумявам
    2. съпротива, отпор
    to make a STAND съпротивлявам се, противопоставям се (against на)
    to make a STAND for застъпвам се за, защищавам
    3. място, (твърда) позиция, становище
    to take a/one's STAND заставам, изправям се, основавам се, базирам се
    вземам становище (on)
    4. подставка, подпора, конзола, стойка (за ноти), етажерка, закачалка (за шапки, чадъри и пр.)
    5. сергия, щанд
    6. пиаца (за таксита и пр.)
    7. тех. стенд
    8. естрада (за оркестър)
    9. трибуна (на стадион)
    10. посев, насаждение
    a good STAND of clover гъста детелина
    a STAND of trees група дървета, горичка
    11. театр. място, където гастролираща трупа спира за представление
    12. ам. свидетелско място
    STAND of arms въоръжение на войник
    STAND of colours знамена на полк
    * * *
    {stand} v (stood {stud}) 1. стоя; стоя прав, държа се на кра(2) {stand} n 1. спиране; to come/be brought to a stand спирам се,
    * * *
    уста; щанд; стойка; ставам; стърча; становище; стоя; стойка; търпя; слагам; понасям; пиедестал; поставям; претърпявам; дюкянче; етажерка; изтърпявам; крепя се; конзола;
    * * *
    1. 1 ам. свидетелско място 2. 1 лов. правя стойка (за куче) 3. 1 мор. насочвам се, отправям се (for към) 4. 1 театр. място, където гастролираща трупа спира за представление 5. a good stand of clover гъста детелина 6. a stand of trees група дървета, горичка 7. i. стоя, стоя прав, държа се на краката си 8. ii. спиране 9. she stands five foot three тя e висока пет фута и три инча 10. stand about вися/стоя без работа, мотая се 11. stand against противя се/съпротивлявам се на, устоявам на 12. stand and deliver! горе ръцете! парите или живота 13. stand around stand about 14. stand aside дръпвам се настрана, отдръпвам се, отмествам се, не взимам участие, оставам безучастен, прен. отстъпвам 15. stand away отдръпвам се, отмествам се 16. stand back отдръпвам се назад, отстъпвам, отдалечен съм от, прен. оставам/стоя (си) настрана 17. stand by стоя със скръстени ръце, не предприемам нищо, безучастен зрител съм, заставам на страната на, поддържам, защищавам, подкрепям, помагам на, държа на, придържам се към, спазвам 18. stand of arms въоръжение на войник 19. stand of colours знамена на полк 20. the house still stands къщата e още там/още стои 21. the order stands заповедта e още в сила 22. this paint will stand тази боя няма да избелее/да се изтрие 23. this translation may stand този превод може да остане и така 24. to be at a stand объркан съм, недоумявам 25. to be left standing оцелявам (за сграда) 26. to come/be brought to a stand спирам се, бивам спрян 27. to make a stand for застъпвам се за, защищавам 28. to make a stand съпротивлявам се, противопоставям се (against на) 29. to stand a drink черпя, плащам за пиенето 30. to stand alone сам съм, не получавам подкрепа от никого, нямам равен на себе си 31. to stand clear of a door, etc. отмествам се/пазя се/стоя настрана от врата и пр. (при затварянето и) 32. to stand corrected признавам/приемам, че съм сбъркал 33. to stand fast/firm държа се здраво на краката си, не се клатя, не залитам, прен. държа се, запазвам възгледите/позициите си, не отстъпвам 34. to stand fire воен. издържам на огъня на неприятеля, прен. издържам на изпитание, устоявам на нападки 35. to stand first пръв съм (на списък и пр.) 36. to stand guard стоя на пост 37. to stand in someone's light тъмнея на, преча/попречвам/бъркам на кариерата и пр. на някого 38. to stand someone in the corner изправям някого в ъгъла (за наказание) 39. to stand someone's friend проявявам се като приятел на някого 40. to stand still стоя на едно място, не мърдам, стоя мирно/неподвижно, стихвам, притихвам, замирам 41. to stand the test of time издържам проверката на времето 42. to stand to gain/win имам всички изгледи за успех 43. to stand to lose очаква ме сигурен неуспех 44. to take a/one's stand заставам, изправям се, основавам се, базирам се 45. вземам становище (on) 46. висок cъм.. 47. естрада (за оркестър) 48. издържам, понасям, търпя, изтърпявам, изтрайвам, устоявам на, подложен съм на 49. място, (твърда) позиция, становище 50. оставам в сила, валиден съм (и to stand good) 51. оставам на мястото си, запазвам се, задържам се, не се променям 52. пиаца (за таксита и пр.) 53. подставка, подпора, конзола, стойка (за ноти), етажерка, закачалка (за шапки, чадъри и пр.) 54. посев, насаждение 55. разг. черпя, почерпвам, угощавам (и с to) 56. сергия, щанд 57. слагам, поставям, турям, изправям 58. спирам се, заставам 59. ставам (обик. с up) 60. съм/намирам се в дадено положение/място 61. съпротива, отпор 62. тех. стенд 63. трибуна (на стадион)
    * * *
    stand[stænd] I. v ( stood [stud]) 1. стоя; стоя прав, стоя (държа се) на краката си; to \stand fast ( firm) държа се здраво на краката си; не се клатя; прен. държа се, запазвам позициите си, не отстъпвам; не се отказвам (on) (и to \stand o.' s ground); to \stand in s.o.'s light тъмнея (на); преча, попречвам, бъркам (на); to \stand in o.'s own light пречка съм за (вредя на) самия себе си, вървя срещу собствените си интереси; to \stand on end щръквам, настръхвам (за коса); стоя изправен (за предмет); not to have a leg to \stand on нямам никакво извинение (оправдание); to \stand on o.'s own two feet разчитам на себе си в живота; живея без да получавам помощ от никого; 2. ставам (обикн. с up); to \stand erect стоя изправен; изправям се; 3. заставам, спирам се (обикн. със still); to \stand still стоя на едно място; не мърдам (не остарявам); \stand and deliver! горе ръцете! парите или живота! 4. висок съм (на ръст); he \stands about six feet ( tall) той е висок около шест фута; 5. оставам на мястото си, запазвам се, задържам се; the house still \stands къщата е още цяла; very few buildings were left \standing after the earthquake много малко къщи оцеляха след земетресението; 6. оставам в сила; в сила (валиден) съм (и to \stand good); our offer \stands предложението ни е още в сила; this text may \stand този текст не се нуждае от поправки; 7. издържам, понасям, търпя, изтърпявам, претърпявам, изтрайвам, устоявам (на), подложен съм (на); to \stand fire воен. издържам на огъня на неприятеля; прен. издържам на изпитание; he can't \stand jazz той не понася джаз; 8. съм, намирам се (в дадено положение); to \stand idle бездействам, не работя (за машини и пр.); \stand clear отдръпвам (отмествам) се; to \stand corrected признавам грешката си; to \stand s.o. in good stead свършвам добра работа на някого; to \stand well with добре (в добри отношения) съм с; гледан съм с добро око от, радвам се на благоразположението на; corn \stands higher than ever житото е по-скъпо от когато и да било преди; as matters \stand както стоят работите, при сегашното положение на нещата; how ( where) do you \stand on...? какво мислиш за ...? какво ти е мнението за ...? how do you \stand financially? как си с парите? as it \stands както си е (без никаква промяна); 9. слагам, поставям, турям, изправям; to \stand a bicycle against a wall изправям велосипед до стена; to \stand s.o. in the corner изправям някого в ъгъла (за наказание); 10. разглежда ми се ( дело); he's going to \stand trial on a murder charge ще го съдят за убийство; 11. разг. черпя с, почерпвам с, угощавам (и с to); to \stand a treat черпя, плащам; let me \stand you a drink! нека те почерпя с едно питие! 12. заемам стойка (за ловно куче); 13. кандидатирам се, кандидат съм; • to \stand to do s.th. вероятно, съществува вероятност да; she \stands to inherit 10 000 dollars тя вероятно ще наследи 10 000 долара; to \stand a chance имам шансове (изгледи) за успех; to do s.th. \standing on o.'s head правя нещо с лекота (без никакви трудности); II. n 1. стойка, стоеж (воен., сп.); 2. спиране, преминаване в неподвижно състояние; to come to a \stand спирам се; to bring ( put) to a \stand спирам; to be at a \stand ост. объркан (в недоумение) съм, недоумявам; 3. съпротива; to make a \stand съпротивлявам се, противопоставям се ( against); to make a \stand for застъпвам се за, защитавам; 4. позиция, място, становище; to take o.'s \stand заставам, изправям се, основавам се, базирам се (on); вземам становище (on); to take a strong \stand заемам твърда позиция; to take the \stand on гарантирам за; 5. пиедестал, подставка, подпора, конзола; етажерка; закачалка (и hat-\stand); music \stand пулт (пюпитър; статив, етажерка) за ноти; 6. сергия, щанд; 7. пиаца (за файтони, таксита); 8. естрада (за оркестър); 9. трибуна (на хиподрум); 10. посев; a good \stand of clover гъста детелина; 11. театр. място, където спира странстваща трупа; 12. ам. свидетелско място в съд; 13. стенд, уредба за изпитване.

    English-Bulgarian dictionary > stand

  • 4 stand

    stænd
    1. сущ.
    1) остановка
    2) сопротивление firm, resolute, strong stand ≈ решительное сопротивление They took a resolute stand on the issue of tax reform. ≈ Они оказали решительное сопротивление проведению налоговой реформы. Syn: policy
    3) а) место, местоположение take one's stand Syn: attitude, position, posture б) спорт трибуна( на скачках и т. п.) в) амер. место свидетеля в суде
    4) а) автобусная (троллейбусная и т.д.) остановка б) стоянка (такси и т. п.)
    5) взгляд, позиция, точка зрения He took a stand of the leading party. ≈ Он встал на позиции партии большинства.
    6) пьедестал;
    подставка;
    этажерка;
    консоль, подпора, стойка Syn: shore
    7) ларек, киоск, палатка;
    стенд fruit stand ≈ фруктовый ларек, фруктовая палатка hot-dog stand ≈ палатка, где продаются хот-доги newsstand ≈ амер. газетный киоск vegetable stand ≈ овощной киоск, зеленная лавка
    8) = standing
    2.
    1)
    9) а) урожай на корню б) лесопосадка, лесонасаждение
    10) а) театр. остановка в каком-л. месте для гастрольных представлений;
    спорт остановка для серии показательных матчей б) место гастрольных представлений или проведения показательных матчей
    11) тех. станина
    2. гл.
    1) а) стоять, вставать( обыкн. stand up) We stood up to see better. ≈ Мы встали, чтобы лучше видеть( происходящее). He is too weak to stand. ≈ Он еле держится на ногах от слабости. б) водружать, помещать, ставить в) спец. делать стойку, вставать в стойку (о собаке)
    2) быть высотой в... He stands six feet three. ≈ Его рост 6 футов 3 дюйма.
    3) а) быть расположенным, находиться;
    занимать место б) перен. занимать определенное положение( в социальном аспекте) stand well with smb.
    4) держаться;
    быть устойчивым, прочным, крепким;
    устоять The house still stands. ≈ Дом еще держится. These boots have stood a good deal of wear. ≈ Эти сапоги хорошо послужили. This colour will stand. ≈ Эта краска не слиняет. Not a stone was left standing. ≈ Камня на камне не осталось.
    5) а) выдерживать, выносить, терпеть How does he stand pain? ≈ Как он переносит боль? I can't stand him. ≈ Я его не выношу. б) подвергаться( чему-л.)
    6) (обыкн. как глагол-связка) находиться, быть в определенном состоянии He stands first in his class. ≈ Он занимает первое место в классе. stand alone stand high
    7) иметь определенную точку зрения;
    занимать определенную позицию Here I stand. ≈ Вот моя точка зрения.
    8) оставаться в силе, быть действительным (тж. stand good) That translation may stand. ≈ Этот перевод может остаться без изменений.
    9) мор. идти, держать курс
    10) разг. угощать Who's going to stand treat? ≈ Кто будет платить за угощение? ∙ stand against stand aside stand at stand away stand back stand behind stand between stand by stand down stand for stand in stand off stand on stand out stand over stand to stand together stand up stand up for stand upon stand up to stand up with How do matters stand? ≈ Как обстоят дела? I don't know where I stand. ≈ Не знаю, что дальше со мной будет (или что меня ждет). to stand Sam ≈ платить за угощение to stand on end ≈ стоять дыбом( о волосах) стойка;
    подставка, подпорка;
    штатив, консоль - coat-and-hat * стоячая вешалка - towel * вешалка для полотенец - umbrella * подставка для зонтов - conductor's * дирижерский пульт столик (газетный, журнальный) ларек, киоск - book * книжный киоск - fruit * фруктовый ларек /-ая палатка/ прилавок стенд, установка для испытания буфетная стойка эстрада трибуна (на стадионе, скачках) зрители на трибунах - to play to the *s играть на зрителя кафедра, трибуна (американизм) (юридическое) место для дачи свидетельских показаний в суде - to take the * давать показания место, позиция, положение - to take one's * занять место, расположиться - he took his * near the door он стал у двери позиция, установка, точка зрения - to take a definite * on the question of civil rights занять определенную позицию в вопросе о гражданских правах - to take a * for independence отстаивать независимость - to make a * for smth., smb. отстаивать что-л., кого-л.;
    выступать в защиту чего-л., кого-л. - to make a * against smb., smth. оказывать сопротивление кому-л., чему-л., выступать против кого-л. - to take a * for a proposal высказаться за предложение боевая позиция;
    оборона, защита - last * последняя линия обороны - goal-line * (спортивное) защита линии ворот( спортивное) стояние, стойка - a * on tiptoe стойка на носках (гимнастика) стоянка (автомобилей, велосипедов) (военное) пост остановка, пауза - to bring /to put/ to a * остановить - to come /to be brought/ to a * остановиться - business has been brought to a * деловая активность замерла (театроведение) остановка в каком-л. месте для гастрольных представлений - a one-night * однодневная гастроль (театроведение) город, где даются гастроли недоумение, смущение, затруднение;
    дилемма - to be at a * быть в замешательстве /в недоумении, в растерянности/ - to put smb. at a * поставить в тупик /смутить, привести в недоумение/ кого-л. (военное) комплект - a * of ammo /of ammunition/ (американизм) комплект выстрела (охота) выводок( сельскохозяйственное) урожай на корню - a good * of wheat хороший рожай пшеницы на полях (сельскохозяйственное) подрост;
    травостой, стеблестой ( техническое) станина;
    клеть( прокатного стана) (реактивно-техническое) пусковой ствол стойло( локомотива) стоять - to * on tiptoe стоять на цыпочках - to * at attention стоять по стойке смирно - to * guard /sentinel, sentry/ (военное) стоять на часах - to * in smb.'s light загораживать кому-л. свет;
    стать кому-л. поперек дороги - to * in the way of smb., smth. преградить кому-л., чему-л. путь - if you want to teach, I certainly shan't * in your way если ты хочешь стать учителем, я, разумеется, не буду тебе мешать - to * on the defensive обороняться, защищаться;
    (военное) занимать оборону - to * on the offensive( военное) нападать, атаковать - he stood stock-still он стоял не двигаясь /как вкопанный/ вставать - to * on end вставать дыбом (о волосах) - everyone stood все встали находиться, быть расположенным - the castle *s on a hill замок стоит /расположен/ на холме - an elm stood before the house перед домом стоял вяз - the house *s very well дом расположен в прекрасном месте - tears stood in her eyes у нее в глазах стояли слезы - sweat stood on his brow у него на лбу выступил пот занимать положение (относительно чего-л.) - the thermometer stood at 0 degrees термометр показывал 0 градусов - he *s first in his class он первый ученик в классе (over) наклоняться над кем-л. - to * over smb. стоять у кого-л. над душой, наблюдать за кем-л., контролировать кого-л. - I hate to be stood over when I am doing a job of work не выношу, когда у меня стоят над душой во время работы - you'll have to * over the new man until he learns the routine вам придется присмотреть за новым работником, пока он не освоится с техникой дела ставить, помещать - to * a ladder against a wall прислонить стремянку к стене - * the lamp by the chair поставь торшер возле кресла - the farther stood the boy in a corner отец поставил мальчика в угол поставить - to * a box on end поставить ящик стоймя - she picked the child up and stood him on his feet она подняла ребенка и поставила его на ножки не двигаться, стоять на месте - the car stood waiting for the green light машина ждала зеленый свет - who goes there? S. and be identified! кто идет? Стой и предъяви документы! (оклик часового) останавливаться, прекращать движение (тж. * still) не работать, простаивать, стоять - the mines stood all last week рудники стояли всю прошлую неделю быть устойчивым, прочным, крепким - to * hard /a good deal of/ wear оказаться прочным в носке - the colour will * эта краска устойчивая /не полиняет, не сойдет, не выгорит/ - the ruins will * эти развалины еще постоят (тж. to) быть стойким, держаться - to * fast /firm/ стойко держаться;
    быть стойким в убеждениях - to * to one's promise сдержать свое обещание, выполнить обещанное - to * to one's duty неукоснительно выполнять свой долг - to * to one's colours /to one's principles, to one's guns/ быть верным своим принципам, твердо придерживаться своих принципов - to * by one's guns не сдаваться, упорно держаться своего - to * to it (that...) твердо настаивать на том, что... - to * one's ground не сдавать позиций, стоять на своем;
    оставаться верным своим убеждениям выдерживать, выносить, переносить - to * heat выносить /выдерживать/ жару - to * a siege выдержать осаду - to * the test of time выдержать проверку временем - to * fire (военное) выстоять под огнем - to * pain well уметь переносить боль - it looks as if he can * drink похоже, что он не откажется от рюмочки подвергаться - to * an assault подвергнуться нападению - to * trial предстать перед судом - to * inspection (американизм) (военное) проходить осмотр - he stood a barrage of questions его засыпали градом вопросов - he stood in jeopardy of losing his driving licence он рисковал потерять водительские права (иногда for) выносить, терпеть, мириться - he cannot * criticism он не терпит /не выносит/ критики - I can't * the thought of losing мне невыносима сама мысль о проигрыше - I could never * the fellow я всегда терпеть не мог этого парня - I won't * (for) that я не потерплю этого обыкн. (юридическое) оставаться в силе, действовать;
    сохранять силу, тождество - to * good /in force/ иметь силу, оставаться в силе - the order will * приказ останется в силе придерживаться определенной точки зрения, занимать определенную позицию - how does he * on the disarmament question? какова его точка зрения на разоружение? - he always stood for liberty он всегда защищал /стоял за/ свободу - he firmly *s against abortions он убежденный противник абортов (on, upon) настаивать( на чем-л.) - to * on one's dignity требовать к себе уважения - to * on ceremony соблюдать условности, придерживаться этикета - he will * on his rights он будет настаивать на своих правах, он не откажется от своих прав основываться( на чем-л.) - to * on the Fifth Amendment сослаться на пятую поправку (к конституции США) зависеть( от чего-л.) быть написанным, напечатанным - to copy a passage as it *s переписать отрывок слово в слово - leave it as it *s оставь так, как написано иметь определенное количество стоячих мест - this bus *s 41 people в этом автобусе сорок одно стоячее место (with) быть в каких-л. отношениях с кем-л. - to * high with smb. пользоваться чьей-л. благосклонностью - to * well with smb. быть на хорошем счету у кого-л.;
    быть в хороших отношениях с кем-л. (морское) идти, держать курс, направляться - to * for the harbour держать курс /направляться/ в гавань - to * the North держаться к северу( охота) делать стойку (о собаке) иметь в перспективе - to * a chance /(амер) a show/ иметь шанс(ы) (на успех и т. п.) - to * to win иметь все шансы на выигрыш /на успех/ - to * to lose идти на верное поражение - to * or fall уцелеть или погибнуть;
    пан или пропал - I * or fall by their decision от их решения зависит моя судьба - he *s to make quite a profit ему предстоит получить немалую прибыль( сельскохозяйственное) быть производителем (особ. о жеребце) ;
    быть пригодным для случки (о самце) обстоять( о делах и т. п.) ;
    находиться в определенном положении - the affair /the business, the case, the matter/ *s thus дело обстоит так /следующим образом/ платить (за угощение) ;
    ставить (вино и т. п.) - to * one's friends a dinner угостить друзей обедом - to * a bottle of wine поставить бутылку вина - to * treat платить (за кого-л.) - we went to a baseball game, myself *ing treat мы пошли на бейсбольный матч, и я взял билеты на всех быть кандидатом (от какого-л. округа) ;
    баллотироваться( в каком-л. округе) - he will * for re-election in his own district он будет повторно баллотироваться в своем избирательном округе - he stood as a Labour candidate он был кандидатом от лейбористов - he is *ing as the official nominee for the post он официально выдвинут на этот пост - to stand for smth. символизировать, означать что-л.;
    представлять что-л. - white *s for purity белый цвет - символ чистоты - I dislike the man and all he *s for я отрицательно отношусь к этому человеку и ко всему, что он представляет - what do your initials * for? расшифруйте ваши инициалы, напишите ваше имя полностью - to stand by smb., smth. защищать, поддерживать кого-л., что-л.;
    помогать кому-л., чему-л.;
    быть верным кому-л., чему-л. - to * by the Constitution неукоснительно придерживаться конституции - to * by agreement( юридическое) придерживаться соглашения - to * by one's friends быть верным другом - he will * by his friends through thick and thin он будет стоять горой за своих друзей - she stood by her husband through all his troubles она поддерживала мужа во всех невзгодах - I * by every word of what I wrote я подтверждаю все то, о чем я писал - I must * by what I said я готов повторить то, что сказал - to stand in with smb. for smth. совместно с кем-л. организовать тайное, обыкн. выгодное предприятие - to stand in smth. (разговорное) стоить, обходиться в... - it stood me in a lot of money это стоило мне уйму денег как глагол-связка в именном сказуемом: находиться, быть в каком-л. состоянии - to * alone не иметь сторонников;
    не иметь себе равных - to * aloof /apart/ держаться в стороне - to * aloof from an argument не вмешиваться в спор - to * assured of smth. быть уверенным в чем-л. - I * assured of his protection я уверен в его поддержке - to * in awe /in terror/ of smth. бояться /страшиться/ чего-л. - to * in need of smth. нуждаться в чем-л. - to * ready for anything быть готовым на все /ко всему/ - to * corrected признавать ошибки - to * accused быть обвиненным - to * in defence of smb. (юридическое) защищать кого-л. - to * secure быть в безопасности - I * indebted to this gentleman я в долгу у этого господина выступать в качестве кого-л., быть кем-л. - to * godfather быть чьим-л. крестным отцом - to * surety /sponsor/ for smb. быть поручителем за кого-л.;
    брать кого-л. на поруки быть определенного роста - he *s six feet two его рост шесть футов два дюйма > not to know where one *s не знать, как поступить /как себя вести/, быть в неопределенности > to * on one's own feet /on one's own legs/ быть самостоятельным, не нуждаться ни в чьей помощи, стоять на своих собственных ногах > to * on one's own bottom быть независимым, быть самому себе головой > to * on one's hind legs показывать характер;
    становиться на дыбы > to * clear отходить (в сторону) > as it *s при нынешнем /при создавшемся/ положении;
    в данных условиях;
    так, как оно есть > as it *s we can give no definitive answer при данных обстоятельствах /в настоящее время/ мы не можем дать определенного ответа > to see the position as it really *s видеть положение как оно есть /в настоящем свете/ > to * smb. in good stead оказаться полезным кому-л., сослужить кому-л. службу > to * pat твердо придерживаться своего решения, не менять своей позиции, стоять на своем;
    не менять карты, не брать прикуп (в покере) > to * the racket расплачиваться;
    отвечать( за что-л.) ;
    выдерживать испытание /бурю/ > to * to reason быть понятным, ясным, само собой разумеющимся > to * in one's own light вредить самому себе > to * in the breach принять на себя главный удар > to * at bay( охота) отбиваться от наседающих собак (о загнанном звере) ;
    отчаянно защищаться;
    (военное) упорно обороняться > to * head and shoulders above smb. намного превосходить кого-л. > she *s head and shoulders above the other applicants она стоит несравненно выше, чем другие кандидаты на должность > to do smth. *ing on one's head сделать что-л. без всякого труда, легко добиться чего-л. > the boy will pass his examination *ing on his head мальчику ничего не стоит сдать экзамен, мальчик просто не может провалиться > all *ing внезапно, без подготовки > * and deliver! кошелек или жизнь! > * on me for that! (сленг) клянусь!, честное слово! ~ остановка;
    to come to a stand остановиться;
    to bring to a stand остановить ~ остановка;
    to come to a stand остановиться;
    to bring to a stand остановить to ~ high corn stands high this year в этом году цены на кукурузу высокие exhibition ~ выставочный стенд ~ урожай на корню;
    a good stand of clover густой клевер ~ (stood) стоять;
    he is too weak to stand он еле держится на ногах от слабости;
    to stand out of the path сойти с дороги ~ (обыкн. как глагол-связка) находиться, быть в определенном состоянии;
    he stands first in his class он занимает первое место в классе stand быть высотой в...;
    he stands six feet three его рост 6 футов 3 дюйма ~ out не сдаваться;
    держаться;
    he stood out for better terms он старался добиться лучших условий ~ занимать определенную позицию;
    here I stand вот моя точка зрения ~ держаться;
    быть устойчивым, прочным;
    устоять;
    to stand fast стойко держаться;
    the house still stands дом еще держится ~ up to перечить, прекословить;
    to stand Sam sl. платить за угощение;
    how do matters stand? как обстоят дела? how does he ~ pain? как он переносит боль?;
    I can't stand him я его не выношу how does he ~ pain? как он переносит боль?;
    I can't stand him я его не выношу I don't know where I ~ не знаю, что дальше со мной будет (или что меня ждет) ;
    to stand on end стоять дыбом (о волосах) it stands to reason that само собой разумеется, что;
    to stand to win иметь все шансы на выигрыш ~ out мор. удаляться от берега;
    stand over оставаться нерешенным;
    быть отложенным, отсроченным;
    let the matter stand over отложите это дело ~ сопротивление;
    to make a stand for выступить в защиту;
    to make a stand against оказывать сопротивление;
    выступить против ~ сопротивление;
    to make a stand for выступить в защиту;
    to make a stand against оказывать сопротивление;
    выступить против this colour will ~ эта краска не слиняет;
    not a stone was left standing камня на камне не осталось ~ up sl.: to stand (smb.) up подвести( кого-л.) ;
    stand up for защищать, отстаивать;
    stand upon = stand on;
    to stand upon one's right отстаивать (или стоять за) свои права stand быть высотой в...;
    he stands six feet three его рост 6 футов 3 дюйма ~ = standing ~ быть расположенным, находиться ~ взгляд, точка зрения;
    to take one's stand стать на (какую-л.) точку зрения ~ вставать (обыкн. stand up) ;
    we stood up to see better мы встали, чтобы лучше видеть (происходящее) ~ выдерживать, выносить, терпеть;
    подвергаться;
    to stand the test выдержать испытание ~ делать стойку (о собаке) ~ держаться;
    быть устойчивым, прочным;
    устоять;
    to stand fast стойко держаться;
    the house still stands дом еще держится ~ занимать определенное положение ~ занимать определенную позицию;
    here I stand вот моя точка зрения ~ мор. идти, держать курс ~ киоск ~ ларек ~ ларек, киоск;
    стенд ~ лесонасаждение ~ театр. остановка в (каком-л.) месте для гастрольных представлений;
    место гастрольных представлений ~ амер. место свидетеля в суде ~ (обыкн. как глагол-связка) находиться, быть в определенном состоянии;
    he stands first in his class он занимает первое место в классе ~ оставаться в силе, быть действительным (тж. stand good) ;
    that translation may stand этот перевод может остаться без изменений ~ останавливаться (обыкн. stand still) ~ остановка;
    to come to a stand остановиться;
    to bring to a stand остановить ~ позиция, место ~ прилавок ~ пьедестал;
    подставка;
    этажерка;
    подпора, консоль, стойка ~ сопротивление;
    to make a stand for выступить в защиту;
    to make a stand against оказывать сопротивление;
    выступить против ~ ставить, помещать, водружать ~ тех. станина ~ стоянка (такси и т. п.) ~ (stood) стоять;
    he is too weak to stand он еле держится на ногах от слабости;
    to stand out of the path сойти с дороги ~ трибуна (на скачках и т. п.) ~ разг. угощать;
    who's going to stand treat? кто будет платить за угощение?;
    to stand a good dinner угостить (кого-л.) вкусным обедом ~ урожай на корню;
    a good stand of clover густой клевер ~ разг. угощать;
    who's going to stand treat? кто будет платить за угощение?;
    to stand a good dinner угостить (кого-л.) вкусным обедом ~ against противиться, сопротивляться;
    stand away, stand back отступать, держаться сзади ~ and deliver! руки вверх!;
    "кошелек или жизнь"!;
    to stand to lose идти на верное поражение ~ against противиться, сопротивляться;
    stand away, stand back отступать, держаться сзади ~ against противиться, сопротивляться;
    stand away, stand back отступать, держаться сзади ~ behind отставать;
    stand between быть посредником между ~ behind отставать;
    stand between быть посредником между ~ by радио быть готовым начать или принимать передачу;
    stand down покидать свидетельское место (в суде) ~ by быть наготове ~ by держать, выполнять;
    придерживаться;
    to stand by one's promise сдержать обещание ~ by защищать, помогать, поддерживать;
    to stand by one's friend быть верным другом ~ by придерживаться соглашения ~ by присутствовать;
    быть безучастным зрителем ~ by защищать, помогать, поддерживать;
    to stand by one's friend быть верным другом ~ by держать, выполнять;
    придерживаться;
    to stand by one's promise сдержать обещание to ~ alone быть выдающимся, непревзойденным;
    to stand convicted of treason быть осужденным за измену to ~ corrected признать ошибку;
    осознать справедливость( замечания и т. п.) ;
    to stand in need (of smth.) нуждаться (в чем-л.) ~ by радио быть готовым начать или принимать передачу;
    stand down покидать свидетельское место (в суде) ~ down выходить из дела ~ down уступать право ~ for быть кандидатом;
    баллотироваться ~ for поддерживать, стоять за ~ for символизировать, означать ~ for терпеть, выносить to ~ one's friend быть другом;
    to stand godmother to the child быть крестной матерью ребенка to ~ high быть в почете to ~ high corn stands high this year в этом году цены на кукурузу высокие ~ in быть в хороших отношениях, поддерживать хорошие отношения ~ in мор. идти к берегу, подходить к порту ~ in принимать участие, помогать ( with) ~ in стоить to ~ corrected признать ошибку;
    осознать справедливость (замечания и т. п.) ;
    to stand in need (of smth.) нуждаться (в чем-л.) ~ off держаться на расстоянии от;
    отодвинуться от ~ off отстранить, уволить (на время) ~ off мор. удаляться от берега ~ on зависеть (от чего-л.) ~ on мор. идти прежним курсом ~ on точно соблюдать (условности и т. п.) ~ up sl.: to stand (smb.) up подвести (кого-л.) ;
    stand up for защищать, отстаивать;
    stand upon = stand on;
    to stand upon one's right отстаивать (или стоять за) свои права I don't know where I ~ не знаю, что дальше со мной будет (или что меня ждет) ;
    to stand on end стоять дыбом (о волосах) to ~ one's friend быть другом;
    to stand godmother to the child быть крестной матерью ребенка ~ out выделяться, выступать;
    to stand out against a background выделяться на фоне ~ out не сдаваться;
    держаться;
    he stood out for better terms он старался добиться лучших условий ~ out мор. удаляться от берега;
    stand over оставаться нерешенным;
    быть отложенным, отсроченным;
    let the matter stand over отложите это дело ~ out выделяться, выступать;
    to stand out against a background выделяться на фоне ~ (stood) стоять;
    he is too weak to stand он еле держится на ногах от слабости;
    to stand out of the path сойти с дороги ~ out мор. удаляться от берега;
    stand over оставаться нерешенным;
    быть отложенным, отсроченным;
    let the matter stand over отложите это дело ~ up to перечить, прекословить;
    to stand Sam sl. платить за угощение;
    how do matters stand? как обстоят дела? ~ выдерживать, выносить, терпеть;
    подвергаться;
    to stand the test выдержать испытание test: stand the ~ выдерживать испытания stand the ~ выдерживать проверку ~ to выполнять (обещание и т. п.) ~ to держаться (чего-л.) ;
    to stand to one's colours не отступать, твердо держаться своих принципов;
    to stand to it твердо настаивать (на чем-л.) ~ to поддерживать что-л. ~ to держаться (чего-л.) ;
    to stand to one's colours не отступать, твердо держаться своих принципов;
    to stand to it твердо настаивать (на чем-л.) ~ and deliver! руки вверх!;
    "кошелек или жизнь"!;
    to stand to lose идти на верное поражение ~ to держаться (чего-л.) ;
    to stand to one's colours не отступать, твердо держаться своих принципов;
    to stand to it твердо настаивать (на чем-л.) it stands to reason that само собой разумеется, что;
    to stand to win иметь все шансы на выигрыш ~ up вставать ~ up оказываться прочным ~ up sl.: to stand (smb.) up подвести (кого-л.) ;
    stand up for защищать, отстаивать;
    stand upon = stand on;
    to stand upon one's right отстаивать (или стоять за) свои права ~ up sl.: to stand (smb.) up подвести (кого-л.) ;
    stand up for защищать, отстаивать;
    stand upon = stand on;
    to stand upon one's right отстаивать (или стоять за) свои права ~ up to перечить, прекословить;
    to stand Sam sl. платить за угощение;
    how do matters stand? как обстоят дела? ~ up to смело встречать;
    быть на высоте ~ up sl.: to stand (smb.) up подвести (кого-л.) ;
    stand up for защищать, отстаивать;
    stand upon = stand on;
    to stand upon one's right отстаивать (или стоять за) свои права ~ up sl.: to stand (smb.) up подвести (кого-л.) ;
    stand up for защищать, отстаивать;
    stand upon = stand on;
    to stand upon one's right отстаивать (или стоять за) свои права to ~ well (with smb.) быть в хороших отношениях (с кем-л.) to ~ well (with smb.) быть на хорошем счету( у кого-л.) ~ = standing standing: standing pres. p. от stand ~ длительность ~ нахождение, (место) положение ~ неизменный ~ неподвижный, стационарный;
    standing barrage воен. неподвижный заградительный огонь ~ общественное положение ~ положение;
    репутация;
    вес в обществе;
    a person of high standing высокопоставленное лицо ~ постоянно действующий ~ постоянный;
    установленный;
    standing army постоянная армия;
    standing committee постоянная комиссия ~ постоянный;
    установленный ~ постояный ~ продолжительность;
    a quarrel of long standing давнишняя ссора ~ продолжительность ~ производимый из стоячего положения ~ простаивающий, неработающий ~ репутация ~ стаж ~ стаж работы ~ стояние;
    to have no standing не иметь веса;
    быть неубедительным ~ стоячий, непроточный( о воде) ~ стоящий;
    standing corn хлеб на корню ~ финансовое положение ~ взгляд, точка зрения;
    to take one's stand стать на (какую-л.) точку зрения to take one's ~ занять место to take one's ~ основываться (on, upon - на) ~ оставаться в силе, быть действительным (тж. stand good) ;
    that translation may stand этот перевод может остаться без изменений these boots have stood a good deal of wear эти сапоги хорошо послужили this colour will ~ эта краска не слиняет;
    not a stone was left standing камня на камне не осталось ~ up sl.: to stand (smb.) up подвести (кого-л.) ;
    stand up for защищать, отстаивать;
    stand upon = stand on;
    to stand upon one's right отстаивать (или стоять за) свои права viewing ~ трибуна для зрителей ~ вставать (обыкн. stand up) ;
    we stood up to see better мы встали, чтобы лучше видеть (происходящее) ~ разг. угощать;
    who's going to stand treat? кто будет платить за угощение?;
    to stand a good dinner угостить (кого-л.) вкусным обедом

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > stand

  • 5 Antrag

    Antrag m 1. GEN, SOZ claim, application; 2. RECHT petition, motion, proposal; 3. PAT request; 4. POL motion • Anträge gelten bei Stimmengleichheit als abgelehnt POL motions fail on tie votes • auf Antrag 1. GEN upon application, upon request; 2. PERS, SOZ on application • der Antrag gilt noch immer GEN, POL the proposal still stands • einen Antrag ablehnen 1. GEN reject a request; 2. RECHT dismiss a motion • einen Antrag bei der zuständigen Behörde stellen GEN make a request to the appropriate authority for sth • einen Antrag bewilligen PERS, SOZ allow a claim • einen Antrag einbringen POL (BE) (frml) table a motion • einen Antrag stellen 1. POL (BE) (frml) table a motion; 2. PERS make a claim, register a claim, apply for; 3. SOZ make a claim for benefit; 4. VERSICH file a claim • einen Antrag stellen auf GEN make an application for
    * * *
    m 1. <Geschäft, Sozial> claim, application; 2. < Recht> petition, motion, proposal; 3. < Patent> request; 4. < Pol> motion ■ Antrag auf Leistungen stellen < Sozial> Unterstützungszahlungen usw. claim benefit ■ auf Antrag < Geschäft> upon application, upon request ■ der Antrag gilt noch immer <Geschäft, Pol> the proposal still stands ■ einen Antrag ablehnen 1. < Geschäft> reject a request; 2. < Recht> dismiss a motion ■ Anträge gelten bei Stimmengleichheit als abgelehnt < Pol> motions fail on tie votes ■ einen Antrag bei der zuständigen Behörde stellen < Geschäft> make a request to the appropriate authority for sth ■ einen Antrag bewilligen <Person, Sozial> allow a claim ■ einen Antrag einbringen < Pol> table a motion (BE) frml ■ einen Antrag stellen 1. < Pol> table a motion (BE) frml ; 2. < Person> make a claim, register a claim, apply for; 3. < Sozial> make a claim for benefit; 4. < Versich> file a claim ■ einen Antrag stellen auf < Geschäft> make an application for
    * * *
    Antrag
    (Börse) marrying (Br.), (Gesuch) application, petition, request, (Hauptversammlung) requisition, (Offerte) tender, (parl.) motion, (Vorschlag) proposal, proposition;
    • auf Antrag einer Partei ex parte (lat.);
    • auf Antrag des Schuldners upon the application of the debtor;
    • als rechtlich unbegründet abgewiesener Antrag motion denied on law (US);
    • angenommener Antrag motion carried;
    • vorrangig zu behandelnder Antrag motion having priority;
    • formeller Antrag formal application;
    • ordnungsgemäßer Antrag legal demand;
    • schriftlicher Antrag mailed (US) (written) application, application in writing;
    • zurückgezogener Antrag abandoned (dropped) motion;
    • Antrag auf schriftliche Abstimmung nach Kapitalanteilen demand for a poll;
    • Antrag auf Aufhebung des Konkursverfahrens petition for discharge (US);
    • Antrag auf Behandlung des nächsten Tagesordnungspunktes next-business motion;
    • Antrag auf Bestellung eines Konkursverwalters application for receiver;
    • Antrag auf offizielle Einführung von Aktien an der Börse application for official quotation (Br.) (listing, US) on the stock exchange;
    • Antrag auf Einsichtnahme requisition for a search;
    • Antrag auf Einstellung des Verfahrens motion to arrest a judgment;
    • Antrag auf Erteilung einer Gewerbelizenz (auf Geschäftseröffnung) business application;
    • Antrag zur Geschäftsordnung procedural motion;
    • Antrag auf ein Hypothekendarlehen mortgage loan application;
    • Antrag auf Konkurseröffnung petition in bankruptcy, bankruptcy petition;
    • Antrag auf Liquidation der Gesellschaft winding-up petition;
    • Antrag auf Offenlegung und Urkundenvorlage bill of discovery;
    • Antrag zur Sache (parl.) substantive motion;
    • Antrag auf Schadenersatz claim for damages;
    • Antrag auf [Sozial]leistungen request for benefits;
    • Antrag auf Vertagung motion to adjourn;
    • Antrag auf Zuteilung von Wertpapieren application for allotment, letter of application (Br.);
    • Antrag ablehnen to defeat (reject, dismiss, deny, vote down, throw out, overrule) a motion;
    • über einen Antrag abstimmen to put a motion to the vote;
    • Antrag abweisen to deny a motion;
    • Antrag annehmen (parl.) to carry (adopt) a motion;
    • sich gegen einen Antrag aussprechen to oppose a motion;
    • Antrag bewilligen to grant an application;
    • Antrag zur Annahme bringen (durchbringen) to carry a motion;
    • Antrag einreichen to file a petition;
    • Antrag auf die Tagesordnung setzen to put a resolution on the record;
    • einem Antrag stattgeben to grant a petition;
    • Antrag stellen to file a motion, to make an application;
    • Antrag auf Eröffnung des Vergleichs- und Sanierungsverfahrens stellen to file a petition for reorganization under Chapter 10 (US) (to reorganize under the Bankruptcy Act);
    • Antrag auf Geschäftsaufsicht stellen to make application for receivership, to petition for the appointment of a receiver (US);
    • Antrag auf Konkurseröffnung (Erlass eines Konkurseröffnungsbeschlusses) stellen to file a petition [for a receiving order] in bankruptcy, to petition the court to make a receiving order, to strike a docket, (gegen j.) to initiate bankruptcy proceedings against s. o.;
    • Antrag auf Zurückstellung der Sacherörterung stellen to move that the meeting postpone consideration of subject;
    • Antrag auf unbestimmte Zeit zurückstellen to shelve a motion;
    • Antrag zurückziehen to drop a motion.
    durchbringen, Antrag
    to get a resolution adopted;
    • sich ehrlich durchbringen to make an honest living;
    • Geld durchbringen to dissipate, to squander, to waste;
    • Kandidaten durchbringen to run in a candidate (coll.);
    • alle Kinder allein durchbringen to rear one’s children all by o. s.;
    • sich kümmerlich durchbringen to scrape a living, to scruff;
    • sein ganzes Vermögen durchbringen to run through one’s fortune.

    Business german-english dictionary > Antrag

  • 6 Darby, Abraham

    SUBJECT AREA: Metallurgy
    [br]
    b. 1678 near Dudley, Worcestershire, England
    d. 5 May 1717 Madely Court, Coalbrookdale, Shropshire, England
    [br]
    English ironmaster, inventor of the coke smelting of iron ore.
    [br]
    Darby's father, John, was a farmer who also worked a small forge to produce nails and other ironware needed on the farm. He was brought up in the Society of Friends, or Quakers, and this community remained important throughout his personal and working life. Darby was apprenticed to Jonathan Freeth, a malt-mill maker in Birmingham, and on completion of his apprenticeship in 1699 he took up the trade himself in Bristol. Probably in 1704, he visited Holland to study the casting of brass pots and returned to Bristol with some Dutch workers, setting up a brassworks at Baptist Mills in partnership with others. He tried substituting cast iron for brass in his castings, without success at first, but in 1707 he was granted a patent, "A new way of casting iron pots and other pot-bellied ware in sand without loam or clay". However, his business associates were unwilling to risk further funds in the experiments, so he withdrew his share of the capital and moved to Coalbrookdale in Shropshire. There, iron ore, coal, water-power and transport lay close at hand. He took a lease on an old furnace and began experimenting. The shortage and expense of charcoal, and his knowledge of the use of coke in malting, may well have led him to try using coke to smelt iron ore. The furnace was brought into blast in 1709 and records show that in the same year it was regularly producing iron, using coke instead of charcoal. The process seems to have been operating successfully by 1711 in the production of cast-iron pots and kettles, with some pig-iron destined for Bristol. Darby prospered at Coalbrookdale, employing coke smelting with consistent success, and he sought to extend his activities in the neighbourhood and in other parts of the country. However, ill health prevented him from pursuing these ventures with his previous energy. Coke smelting spread slowly in England and the continent of Europe, but without Darby's technological breakthrough the ever-increasing demand for iron for structures and machines during the Industrial Revolution simply could not have been met; it was thus an essential component of the technological progress that was to come.
    Darby's eldest son, Abraham II (1711–63), entered the Coalbrookdale Company partnership in 1734 and largely assumed control of the technical side of managing the furnaces and foundry. He made a number of improvements, notably the installation of a steam engine in 1742 to pump water to an upper level in order to achieve a steady source of water-power to operate the bellows supplying the blast furnaces. When he built the Ketley and Horsehay furnaces in 1755 and 1756, these too were provided with steam engines. Abraham II's son, Abraham III (1750–89), in turn, took over the management of the Coalbrookdale works in 1768 and devoted himself to improving and extending the business. His most notable achievement was the design and construction of the famous Iron Bridge over the river Severn, the world's first iron bridge. The bridge members were cast at Coalbrookdale and the structure was erected during 1779, with a span of 100 ft (30 m) and height above the river of 40 ft (12 m). The bridge still stands, and remains a tribute to the skill and judgement of Darby and his workers.
    [br]
    Further Reading
    A.Raistrick, 1989, Dynasty of Iron Founders, 2nd edn, Ironbridge Gorge Museum Trust (the best source for the lives of the Darbys and the work of the company).
    H.R.Schubert, 1957, History of the British Iron and Steel Industry AD 430 to AD 1775, London: Routledge \& Kegan Paul.
    LRD

    Biographical history of technology > Darby, Abraham

  • 7 stand

    1. I
    1) the table won't stand, one leg is broken стол не стоит, у него одна ножка сломана; don't trouble yourself, I can stand не беспокойтесь, я могу постоять /я постою/; I didn't know where to stand я не знал, где стать; the audience stood and applauded публика встала и начала аплодировать; he was commanded to stand ему приказали встать /подняться/; let the milk (the tea, the liquid, etc.) stand пусть молоко и т.д. постоит /отстоится/; keep /leave/ smth. standing not a stone was left standing камня на камне не оставила; get smth. to stand поставить что-л.
    2) stand! croft!; who goes there? stand and be identified стой! кто идет?; all stand! всем встать!
    3) the words (the passage, this translation, etc.) may stand эти слова и т.д. могут остаться /можно оставить/ без изменений; the enemy would not stand противник не устоит /не выдержит/; how much of his philosophy will stand? что можно взять /применить/ из его философии?; the contract (the agreement, the order, the bet, the bargain, his resolution, etc.) stands контракт и т.д. остается в силе; the same objection stands это возражение остается /не снимается/; the rule against lateness will stand правило, запрещающее опаздывать, будет действовать и впредь || as, matters /affairs, things/ stand при таком /создавшемся/ положении вещей /дел/; the passage must be printed as it stands отрывок должен быть напечатан /следует напечатать/ без изменений /в таком виде, как он есть/; as it stands как есть; how much for it as it stands? сколько вы хотите за все?, сколько это стоит как есть?
    4) these colours will (do not) stand это (не)стойкие краски
    2. II
    1) stand in some manner stand erectly (/squarely/, courageously, obediently, meekly, wistfully, sullenly, haughtily, etc.) стоять прямо и т.д.; stand at ease (at attention) стоять вольно (смирно); stand still! не двигайтесь!, не шевелитесь!, стойте спокойно!; he could hardly stand он едва держался на ногах; stand side by side (shoulder to shoulder) стоять рядом /бок о бок/ (плечом к плечу); he stood by helplessly он беспомощно стоял в стороне; the door stood ajar дверь была приоткрыта; stand somewhere don't just stand there, do something! что же ты стоишь, сделай что-нибудь!; stand aside (away, outside, etc.) стоять в стороне и т, т.д.; stand aside to let her pass посторонитесь и дайте ей пройти; stand back! осади!; the house stands back from the road дом стоит далеко от дороги; stand back or you'll be crushed посторонитесь, a то задавят; stand back from the barrier отойди от барьера; а tree which stood by дерево, которое стояло неподалеку; the box stands over there ящик стоит вон там; stand for some time I've been standing all day я простоял [на ногах] весь день; we had to stand all the way нам пришлось простоять всю дорогу; the ruins still stand руины сохранились до сих пор; а tall poplar tree (a huge oak, a house, etc.) once stood here здесь когда-то стоял высокий тополь и т.д. ; the corn is still standing хлеб еще стоит /не убран/
    2) stand in some manner stand alone а) стоять /быть/ одному; б) не иметь сторонников; in this opinion I don't stand alone я не один [придерживаюсь] такого мнения; the matter stands thus дело обстоит следующим образом; as things now stand I'll have to quit my job при создавшемся /нынешнем/ положении вещей /если положение не изменится,/ мне придется уйти с работы; this is how I stand такова моя позиция;. I wish I knew where I stood я хотел бы знать, что со мной будет; how do matters stand? как обстоят дела?; how does the dollar stand? каков курс доллара?
    3. III
    1) stand smth. stand an attack (a blow, a siege, rough handling, the enemy's fire, a loss, a shock, a rigid examination, raillery, etc.) выдерживать /выносить/ атаку и т, т.д.; stand heat (the cold weather, a damp soil, noise, his professional attitude, criticism, etc.) выдерживать /выносить/ жару и т.д.; stand the test /the trial/ выдержать испытание; he'll have to stand trial он должен предстать перед судом; stand much washing (much rain, etc.) не портиться от частой стирки и т.д.; these boots stood a good deal of wear эти ботинки долго носились /видали виды/; his eyes are strong enough to stand the glare у него хорошие глаза, они вполне выдержат такой яркий свет; the house will stand another century дом простоит еще сто лет; how does he stand the pain? как он переносит боль?; his nerves couldn't stand the strain у него нервы не выдержали напряжения; I can stand a good deal but I won't have insolence я многое могу стерпеть, но наглости не потерплю; stand smb. usually in the negative I can't stand this woman (the fellow, his father, etc.) я не выношу /не терплю, терпеть не могу, не перевариваю/ эту женщину и т.д.
    2) stand smth. stand six feet быть ростом в шесть футов; the score stood 18 to 14 счет был 18:14
    3) stand smth. stand drinks (ice-cream, dinner, etc.) угощать вином и т.д.; who is going to stand treat? кто угощает?
    4) stand smb. stand sentry /sentinel/ (model, umpire, etc.) быть часовым /стоять на часах/ и т.д.; stand godfather (godmother, etc.) выступать в роли крестного отца /быть крестным отцом/ и т.д.
    4. IV
    1) stand smth. somewhere stand the lamp over there (the box here, etc.) поставьте лампу туда и т.д.
    2) stand smth., smb. for some time usually in the negative I can't stand it any longer я этого больше не выдержу, я больше не могу этого терпеть; I can't stand the man another day я не вынесу этого человека ни одного лишнего дня; she stood the shock well она мужественно перенесла этот удар
    5. V
    stand smb. smth. coll. stand one's friend a dinner (you a drink, us champagne, etc.) угощать друга обедом и т.д.
    6. X
    stand in some state stand ashamed (confused, abashed, bewildered, dishonoured, etc.) испытывать стыд и т.д.; stand uncovered стоять без головного убора, снять шапку; he stands accused of a crime его обвиняют в преступлении; he stands convicted of treachery его признали виновным в измене; you may stand assured of his protection можете рассчитывать на его защиту, можете быть уверенным в его покровительстве; stand indebted to this man быть обязанным этому человеку; stand unrivalled не иметь соперников; stand corrected признавать справедливость замечаний /свои ошибки/
    7. XI
    be stood somewhere if he does it again he will be stood in the corner если он еще раз так сделает, его поставят в угол
    8. XIII
    stand to do smth. stand to win /to gain/ (to be saved, etc.) иметь [все] шансы /все основания/ выиграть и т.д.; how much do you stand to lose? сколько вы при этом можете потерять?; what does he stand to lose? чем он рискует?; we stand to lose nothing мы ничего не теряем
    9. XIV
    stand doing smth.
    1) stand bowing (wondering, gazing at the scene, looking at me, looking over my shoulder, etc.) стоять и кланяться и т.д.; don't stand there arguing about it что вы стоите и спорите?; I am tired of standing here [and] waiting мне надоело тут стоять и ждать
    2) usually in the negative with can; I can't stand waiting (writing letters, taking care of kids, etc.) я не выношу /терпеть не могу/ ждать и т.д.; she can't stand being kept waiting (being looked at, being laughed at, being talked back at, etc.) она терпеть не может /не выносит/, когда ее заставляют ждать и т.д.
    10. XV
    1) stand silent (still, upright /erect/, close to smth., next to me, etc.) стоять молча и т.д.; stand straight, don't stoop стойте прямо, не горбитесь; the door stands open дверь открыта; the table (the wall, etc.) stands firm стол и т.д. устойчив /крепко стоит/ и т.д.
    2) stand firm стойко держаться; stand firm on the ground крепко стоять на ногах; stand firm in one's views иметь твердые убеждения; stand fast to one's resolution не отступать от своего решения; stand neutral сохранять нейтралитет, оставаться нейтральным; stand idle ничего не делать; the factory is standing idle фабрика не работает /простаивает/; stand ready быть наготове; he stood ready to run он был готов пуститься бежать; stand ready for anything быть готовым ко всему: stand high высоко цениться; stand high in one's class (in a competitive examination, in one's profession, etc.) быть одним из первых /лучших, ведущих/ в классе и т.д.; stand high in public esteem пользоваться всеобщим уважением; stand high in the opinion of /with/ his chief быть на хорошем счету у начальства; food (meat, corn, etc.) stands high (higher than ever) цены на продукты и т.д. высокие (выше, чем когда-либо); stand first on the list (second in his class, third in the line for promotion, etc.) быть первым в списке и т.д.; stand second to none никому не уступать, быть первым
    11. XVI
    1) stand by (against, in, etc.) smth. stand by the window (against a wall, before me, in the corner, in the doorway, in the middle of the table, etc.) стоять у окна и т.д.; the house (the building, the cottage, the chapel, etc.) stands in a garden (by the river, at the foot of a hill, etc.) дом и т.д. расположен /находится/ в саду и т.д.; don't stand in the rain (in the sun) не стойте под дождем /на дожде/ (на солнце); I hate standing in queues я ненавижу стоять в очередях; tears stood in her eyes у нее в глазах стояли слезы; stand in smb.'s way стоять у кого-л. на дороге, мешать кому-л.; stand out of the way не мешать, посторониться, уйти с дороги; the truck stood in their way грузовик загораживал им дорогу; nothing now stands in our way ничто больше нам не мешает; nothing stands between you and success ничто не мешает твоему успеху; stand without support стоять без опоры; stand on smth., smb. the vase stands on the top shelf ваза стоит на верхней полке; he stood on my foot (on the beetle, etc.) он наступил мне на ногу и т.д.; stand on tiptoe стоять на цыпочках; Paris stands on the Seine Париж стоит на Сене; sweat stood on his forehead у него на лбу были /проступили/ капли пота; his hair stood on end [with fright] [от страха] у него волосы встали дыбом; stand for some time the castle (the old house, etc.) has stood for centuries замок и т.д. простоял века; the walls are still standing after the fire стены уцелели после пожара; he has stood many years against storm and earthquake много лет он выдерживал бури и землетрясения; let the mixture stand for three hours оставьте смесь постоять /пусть смесь постоит/ три часа
    2) stand at (below, among) smth. stand at the head of his class быть лучшим в классе; stand below smb. in class уступать кому-л. в своем классе; it stands among the first four universities of the world это один из четырех лучших университетов мира; stand alone among one's colleagues (among one's contemporaries, etc.) выделяться среди своих коллег и т.д.; stand over smb. he stood over me all the time I was working он все время стоял у меня над душой, пока я работал; he won't work unless someone stands over him он не будет работать, если над ним никто не стоит; stand by smb. stand by one's friends (by you whatever happens, by him to the last, etc.) быть на стороне /не бросать, поддерживать/ своих друзей и т.д.; I'll always stand by you in case of trouble я всегда готов помочь вам, если вы попадете в беду; stand by smth. stand by an agreement (by one's promise, by one's principles, by one's word,-etc.) придерживаться /не отступать от/ договора и т.д.; I stand by all I said then я верен тому, что тогда сказал; stand (up)on /by/ smth. stand on one's rights (on one's claims, by one's decision, etc.) настаивать на сваях правах и т.д.; western civilization stands upon the foundation reared by the Greeks and the Romans западная культура зиждется на фундаменте, созданном древними греками и римлянами; the case,-s on his testimony все дело основывается /зиждется/ на его показаниях /зависит от его показаний/; we stand on the threshold of a peace settlement мы находимся накануне /на пороге/ мирного урегулирования; stand for smth. stand for loyalty (for liberty, for freedom and justice, for racial tolerance, for reform, for the same principles, etc.) выступать за верность /в защиту верности/ и т.д.; it's difficult to know just what he stands for трудно, собственно, понять, каких он придерживается убеждений /каковы его убеждения/; stand on one's own feet /on one's own legs/ стоять на [собственных] ногах; ни от кого не зависеть; stand with smb. stand well with one's employers быть на хорошем счету у руководства; how does it stand with him? как он к этому относится?; stand in smth. where /how/ do we stand in the matter? какова наша позиция в этом вопросе? || stand in the same relation to her (to his father, to both parties, etc.) находиться /быть/ в одинаковых /равных, таких же/ отношениях с ней и т.д.
    3) stand for smth. stand for "adjective" (for "postscript", for "cash on delivery", etc.) обозначать прилагательное и т.д.; i stands for "pound" знак i обозначает фунт стерлингов; what do these letters stand for? что означают /как расшифровываются/ эти буквы?; the olive branch stands for peace ветвь оливкового дерева символизирует мир; black stands for mourning черный цвет stand знак траура; in their code each number stands for a letter в их шифре каждой букве соответствует цифра
    4) stand at smth. the score stands at 3:4 счет 3:4; the thermometer stands at 40 " in the shade термометр показывает сорок градусов в тени; the balance stands at i 50 итог равен пятидесяти фунтам
    5) stand for smth. usually in the negative or interrogative I won't stand for that (for any nonsense, for this treatment, etc.) я этого и т.д. не потерплю; 1 don't have to stand for such insolence я не обязан терпеть /переносить/ такое нахальство; how can you stand for his insolence? как вы можете терпеть его наглость?
    6) stand for smth. stand for Parliament (for the presidency, for election, for re-election to Congress, etc.) баллотироваться /выдвигать кандидатуру/ в парламент и т.д.
    7) semiaux || stand in need of smth. нуждаться в чем-л.; stand in need of help (of food and clothing, of money, of sleep, 'of instruction, of continual watering, of relief from one's sorrows, etc.) нуждаться в немощи и т.д.; the house stands in need of repair дом необходимо отремонтировать; stand in fear /in dread/ of smth., smb. бояться /страшиться/ чего-л., кого-л.; stand in awe of smth., smb. благоговеть перед чем-л., кем-л.; he stood in danger of being killed ему грозила опасность быть убитым; stand in contrast to smb., smth. резко отличаться от кого-л., чего-л.; stand on ceremony with smb. соблюдать условности в отношениях с кем-л.; he stands on terms of friendship with him он с ним [находится] в дружеских отношениях
    12. XX1
    stand as smb. stand as a sentinel стоять на посту, быть часовым; stand as candidate for the presidency (as Labour Candidate, as sponsor for him, etc.) выступать в качестве кандидата на пост президента и т.д.; stand as smth. stand as a description (as a type of British humour, etc.) представлять собой описание и т.д.
    13. XXI1
    1) stand smth., smb. in (by, on, etc.) smth. stand a chair in a corner (the armchair by the lamp, the box against the wall, the bottle on the table, the empty barrels on the floor, him-against the wall, etc.) поставить стул в угол и т.д.; stand some distance from smth. stand 15 yards from the road (10 feet from the ground, etc.) стоять в пятнадцати ярдах от дороги и т.д.
    2) abs stand six feet in his socks (in his shoes) он шести футов ростом; stand a giant among them он среди них великан
    3) stand smth. to smb. stand wine (a bottle, a treat, etc.) to the company угощать компанию вином и т.д., выставить вино и т.д. для всей компании
    4) stand smb. to /for/ smb. stand godfather (godmother) to the child быть крестным отцом (крестной матерью) ребенку; stand sponsor for him быть его покровителем
    14. XXV
    stand when... (till..., etc.) he stood when she entered the room он встал, когда она вошла в комнату; I stood there till I was tired я стоял там до тех пор, пока не устал

    English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > stand

  • 8 stand

    1. [stænd] n
    1. 1) стойка; подставка, подпорка; штатив, консоль
    2) столик (газетный, журнальный)
    2. 1) ларёк, киоск

    book [news] stand - книжный [газетный] киоск

    fruit stand - фруктовый ларёк /-ая палатка/

    2) прилавок
    3) стенд, установка для испытания
    4) буфетная стойка
    3. эстрада
    4. 1) обыкн. pl трибуна (на стадионе, скачках)
    2) зрители на трибунах
    5. 1) кафедра, трибуна
    2) амер. юр. место для дачи свидетельских показаний в суде
    6. место, позиция, положение

    to take one's stand - занять место, расположиться

    7. 1) позиция, установка, точка зрения

    to take a definite stand on the question of civil rights - занять определённую позицию в вопросе о гражданских правах

    to make a stand for smth., smb. - отстаивать что-л., кого-л.; выступать в защиту чего-л., кого-л.

    to make a stand against smb., smth. - оказывать сопротивление кому-л., чему-л., выступать против кого-л., чего-л.

    to take a stand for [against] a proposal - высказаться за предложение [против предложения]

    2) боевая позиция; оборона, защита

    goal-line stand - спорт. защита линии ворот

    8. спорт. стояние, стойка
    9. 1) стоянка (автомобилей, велосипедов)
    2) воен. пост
    10. остановка, пауза

    to bring /to put/ to a stand - остановить

    to come /to be brought/ to a stand - остановиться

    11. театр.
    1) остановка в каком-л. месте для гастрольных представлений
    2) город, где даются гастроли
    12. недоумение, смущение, затруднение; дилемма

    to be at a stand - быть в замешательстве /в недоумении, в растерянности/

    to put smb. at a stand - поставить в тупик /смутить, привести в недоумение/ кого-л.

    13. воен. комплект

    a stand of ammo /of ammunition/ - амер. комплект выстрела

    14. охот. выводок
    15. с.-х. урожай на корню
    16. с.-х.
    1) подрост
    2) травостой, стеблестой
    17. тех.
    1) станина
    18. реакт. пусковой ствол
    19. стойло ( локомотива)
    2. [stænd] v (stood)
    I
    1. 1) стоять

    to stand at attention [at ease] - стоять по стойке смирно [по стойке вольно]

    to stand guard /sentinel, sentry/ - воен. стоять на часах

    to stand in smb.'s light - а) загораживать кому-л. свет; б) стать кому-л. поперёк дороги

    to stand in the way of smb., smth. - преградить кому-л., чему-л. путь

    if you want to teach, I certainly shan't stand in your way - если ты хочешь стать учителем, я, разумеется, не буду тебе мешать

    to stand on the defensive - а) обороняться, защищаться; б) воен. занимать оборону

    to stand on the offensive - воен. нападать, атаковать

    he stood stock-still - он стоял не двигаясь /как вкопанный/

    2) вставать
    2. 1) находиться, быть расположенным

    the castle stands on a hill - замок стоит /расположен/ на холме

    2) занимать положение (относительно чего-л.)
    3) (over) наклоняться над кем-л.

    to stand over smb. - стоять у кого-л. над душой, наблюдать за кем-л., контролировать кого-л.

    I hate to be stood over when I am doing a job of work - не выношу, когда у меня стоят над душой во время работы

    you'll have to stand over the new man until he learns the routine - вам придётся присмотреть за новым работником, пока он не освоится с техникой дела

    3. 1) ставить, помещать
    2) поставить

    to stand a box on end - поставить ящик стоймя [ср. тж. 1, 2)]

    she picked the child up and stood him on his feet - она подняла ребёнка и поставила его на ножки

    4. 1) не двигаться, стоять на месте

    who goes there? Stand and be identified! - кто идёт? Стой и предъяви документы! ( оклик часового)

    2) останавливаться, прекращать движение (тж. stand still)
    5. не работать, простаивать, стоять

    the mines [the works] stood all last week - рудники [заводы] стояли всю прошлую неделю

    6. 1) быть устойчивым, прочным, крепким

    to stand hard /a good deal of/ wear - оказаться прочным в носке

    the colour will stand - эта краска устойчивая /не полиняет, не сойдёт, не выгорит/

    2) (тж. to) быть стойким, держаться

    to stand fast /firm/ - а) стойко держаться; б) быть стойким в убеждениях

    to stand to one's promise - сдержать своё обещание, выполнить обещанное

    to stand to one's colours /to one's principles, to one's guns/ - быть верным своим принципам, твёрдо придерживаться своих принципов

    to stand by one's guns - не сдаваться, упорно держаться своего

    to stand to it (that...) - твёрдо настаивать на том, что...

    to stand one's ground - не сдавать позиций, стоять на своём; оставаться верным своим убеждениям

    7. 1) выдерживать, выносить, переносить

    to stand heat [strain] - выносить /выдерживать/ жару [напряжение]

    to stand fire - воен. выстоять под огнём

    it looks as if he can stand drink - шутл. похоже, что он не откажется от рюмочки

    2) подвергаться

    to stand inspection - амер. воен. проходить осмотр

    he stood in jeopardy of losing his driving licence - он рисковал потерять водительские права

    3) ( иногда for) выносить, терпеть, мириться

    he cannot stand criticism - он не терпит /не выносит/ критики

    I can't stand the thought of losing - мне невыносима сама мысль о проигрыше

    8. обыкн. юр. оставаться в силе, действовать; сохранять силу, тождество

    to stand good /in force/ - иметь силу, оставаться в силе

    the order [the remark, the resolution] will stand - приказ [замечание, решение] останется в силе

    9. придерживаться определённой точки зрения, занимать определённую позицию

    how does he stand on the disarmament question? - какова его точка зрения на разоружение?

    he always stood for liberty - он всегда защищал /стоял за/ свободу

    10. (on, upon)
    1) настаивать (на чём-л.)

    to stand on ceremony - соблюдать условности, придерживаться этикета

    he will stand on his rights - он будет настаивать на своих правах, он не откажется от своих прав

    2) основываться (на чём-л.)
    3) зависеть (от чего-л.)
    11. быть написанным, напечатанным

    leave it as it stands - оставь так, как написано

    12. иметь определённое количество стоячих мест
    13. (with) быть в каких-л. отношениях с кем-л.

    to stand high with smb. - пользоваться чьей-л. благосклонностью

    to stand well with smb. - а) быть на хорошем счету у кого-л.; б) быть в хороших отношениях с кем-л.

    14. мор. идти, держать курс, направляться

    to stand for the harbour - держать курс /направляться/ в гавань

    15. охот. делать стойку ( о собаке)
    16. иметь в перспективе

    to stand a chance /амер. a show/ - иметь шанс(ы) (на успех и т. п.)

    to stand to win - иметь все шансы на выигрыш /на успех/

    to stand or fall - уцелеть или погибнуть; ≅ пан или пропал

    17. с.-х. быть производителем (особ. о жеребце); быть пригодным для случки ( о самке)
    II А
    1. обстоять (о делах и т. п.); находиться в определённом положении

    the affair /the business, the case, the matter/ stands thus - дело обстоит так /следующим образом/

    2. платить ( за угощение); ставить (вино и т. п.)

    to stand a bottle of wine [a drink] - поставить бутылку вина [выпивку]

    we went to a baseball game, myself standing treat - мы пошли на бейсбольный матч, и я взял билеты на всех

    3. быть кандидатом (от какого-л. округа); баллотироваться (в каком-л. округе)

    he will stand for re-election in his own district - он будет повторно баллотироваться в своём избирательном округе

    he is standing as the official nominee for the post - он официально выдвинут на этот пост

    II Б
    1. to stand for smth.
    1) символизировать, означать что-л.

    I dislike the man and all he stands for - я отрицательно отношусь к этому человеку и ко всему, что он представляет

    what do your initials stand for? - расшифруйте ваши инициалы, напишите ваше имя полностью

    2) представлять что-л.
    2. to stand for smb. юр., представлять кого-л.
    3. to stand by smb., smth. защищать, поддерживать кого-л., что-л.; помогать кому-л., чему-л.; быть верным кому-л., чему-л.

    to stand by agreement - юр. придерживаться соглашения

    he will stand by his friends through thick and thin - он будет стоять горой за своих друзей

    she stood by her husband through all his troubles - она поддерживала мужа во всех невзгодах

    I stand by every word of what I wrote - я подтверждаю всё то, о чём я писал

    I must stand by what I said - я готов повторить то, что сказал

    4. to stand in with smb. for smth. совместно с кем-л. организовать тайное, обыкн. выгодное предприятие
    5. to stand in smth. разг. стоить, обходиться в...
    1) находиться, быть в каком-л. состоянии

    to stand alone - а) не иметь сторонников; б) не иметь себе равных

    to stand aloof /apart/ - держаться в стороне

    to stand assured of smth. - быть уверенным в чём-л.

    to stand in awe /in terror/ of smth. - бояться /страшиться/ чего-л.

    to stand in need of smth. - нуждаться в чём-л.

    to stand ready for anything - быть готовым на всё /ко всему/

    to stand accused [convicted] - быть обвинённым [приговорённым]

    to stand in defence of smb. - юр. защищать кого-л.

    2) выступать в качестве кого-л., быть кем-л.

    to stand godfather [heir] - быть чьим-л. крёстным отцом [чьим-л. наследником]

    to stand surety /sponsor/ for smb. - быть поручителем за кого-л.; брать кого-л. на поруки

    3) быть определённого роста

    ♢

    not to know where one stands - не знать, как поступить /как себя вести/, быть в неопределённости

    to stand on one's own feet /on one's own legs/ - быть самостоятельным, не нуждаться ни в чьей помощи, стоять на своих собственных ногах

    to stand on one's own bottom - быть независимым, быть самому себе головой

    to stand on one's hind legs - показывать характер; становиться на дыбы

    as it stands - а) при нынешнем /при создавшемся/ положении; в данных условиях; as it stands we can give no definite answer - при данных обстоятельствах /в настоящее время/ мы не можем дать определённого ответа; б) так, как оно есть; to see the position as it really stands - видеть положение как оно есть /в настоящем свете/

    to stand smb. in good stead - оказаться полезным кому-л., сослужить кому-л. службу

    to stand pat см. pat2 ♢

    to stand the racket см. racket3 I ♢

    to stand to reason - быть понятным, ясным, само собой разумеющимся

    to stand at bay - а) охот. отбиваться от наседающих собак ( о загнанном звере); б) отчаянно защищаться; в) воен. упорно обороняться

    to stand head and shoulders above smb. - намного превосходить кого-л.

    she stands head and shoulders above the other applicants - она стоит несравненно выше, чем другие кандидаты на должность

    to do smth. standing on one's head - сделать что-л. без всякого труда, легко добиться чего-л.

    the boy will pass his examination standing on his head - мальчику ничего не стоит сдать экзамен, мальчик просто не может провалиться

    all standing - внезапно, без подготовки

    stand and deliver! - ≅ кошелёк или жизнь!

    stand on me for that I - сл. клянусь!, честное слово!

    НБАРС > stand

  • 9 ac

    atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
    I.
    In joining single words, which is its most common use.
    A.
    In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
    1.
    The form atque.
    a.
    Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):

    sociorum atque amicorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):

    deposci atque expeti,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):

    excitare atque inflammare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):

    honestissimus atque ornatissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):

    Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
    b.
    Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    Gallorum atque Belgarum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,

    Cassius atque Brutus,

    Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):

    in portubus atque custodiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):

    superatam esse atque depressam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):

    vitiis atque flagitiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):

    dignitate atque gloria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:

    virtute atque gloria,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):

    labore atque justitia,

    Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):

    hilari atque laeto,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):

    multae atque magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):

    adventu atque nomine,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):

    magna atque praeclara,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):

    se conlegit atque recreavit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):

    provinciarum atque sociorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):

    parietum atque tectorum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):

    gravis atque vehemens,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
    2.
    The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    sentientes ac bene meritos,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:

    feri ac barbari,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):

    liberis ac conjugibus,

    Liv. 21, 30:

    Romae ac circa urbem,

    id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):

    periculum ac discrimen,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    usus ac disciplina,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):

    opima est ac fertilis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    potentissimos ac firmissimos,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;

    2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):

    nobilitatis ac juventutis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):

    terrore ac metu,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):

    insedit ac nimis inveteravit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    gentes ac nationes,

    id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):

    celeberrimum ac plenissimum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):

    firmamenti ac roboris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):

    vectigalibus ac sociis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):

    tantis rebus ac tanto bello,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):

    armatos ac victores,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    inconsulte ac veluti etc.,

    Sall. C. 42, 2:

    opera ac vineae,

    Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:

    Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in se simul atque in Herculem,

    id. G. 34:

    suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,

    id. ib. 30; so,

    sociis pariter atque hostibus,

    id. H. 4, 73:

    innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,

    id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:

    verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    omnia honesta atque inhonesta,

    Sall. C. 30, 4:

    nobiles atque ignobiles,

    id. ib. 20, 7:

    caloris ac frigoris patientia par,

    Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:

    vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
    B.
    Esp.
    a.
    In a hendiadys:

    utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,

    with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:

    de conplexu ejus ac sinu,

    of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:

    me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,

    Sall. C. 3 fin.:

    clamore atque adsensu,

    shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
    b.
    In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
    (α).
    Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:

    Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,

    and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:

    rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,

    and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:

    magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,

    and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,

    and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:

    fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,

    and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:

    intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,

    id. C. 52, 35.—
    (β).
    With adeo, and that too, and even:

    intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:

    qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 27:

    insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,

    id. Planc. 19 fin.:

    non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,

    Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:

    atque adeo autem quor etc.,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
    (γ).
    With etiam:

    id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,

    and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:

    ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,

    Liv. 3, 46.—
    (δ).
    With the dem. pron. hic, is:

    negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,

    and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:

    maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,

    id. ib. 2, 2:

    duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,

    id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:

    flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,

    id. B. G. 5, 18:

    ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,

    Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
    II.
    In comparisons.
    A.
    Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:

    si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:

    Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:

    pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:

    parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 5:

    magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,

    id. Hann. 5, 3:

    pariter patribus ac plebi carus,

    Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:

    In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:

    equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:

    cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,

    Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:

    et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,

    id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:

    similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,

    Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:

    contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,

    Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:

    faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:

    cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
    B.
    Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:

    aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.

    also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,

    Cic. Att. 2, 3:

    simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,

    id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:

    vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,

    id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,

    id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:

    membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,

    id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:

    cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,

    id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
    C.
    Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;

    once, however, non aliter, ac si,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51;

    v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:

    nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,

    id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:

    quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:

    si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,

    id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:

    tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:

    reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,

    id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,

    id. Mur. 4 fin.:

    haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
    D.
    More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;

    in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:

    haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2:

    pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,

    id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:

    num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?

    id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
    E.
    Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):

    nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:

    quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:

    quae suco caret atque putris pumex,

    Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
    F.
    Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:

    amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:

    Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,

    Cat. 61, 172:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561:

    Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:

    nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 96:

    Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,

    id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
    G.
    In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:

    principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,

    as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:

    judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,

    Dig. 21, 1, 25:

    quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,

    ib. 16, 1, 24.—
    III.
    To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Decipiam ac non veniam,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:

    si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:

    perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:

    quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33:

    si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?

    id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,

    id. Att. 1, 16:

    si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:

    si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,

    id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:

    velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,

    Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:

    si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,

    Tac. Or. 1.—
    b.
    With potius:

    Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):

    quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?

    id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:

    concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,

    Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
    IV.
    In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
    1.
    In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:

    atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:

    cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:

    multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,

    Tac. A. 1, 47:

    Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    ac similiter in translatione, etc.,

    Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
    2.
    In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
    a.
    Absol.:

    maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,

    and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
    b.
    Often with etiam:

    Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,

    Cic. Or. 40, 139:

    Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
    c.
    Sometimes with quoque:

    Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
    d.
    And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
    3.
    In narration:

    aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,

    Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:

    completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,

    Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
    4.
    In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):

    Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:

    ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;

    12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;

    and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,

    Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:

    Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,

    id. Lael. 15, 54.—
    5.
    In connecting two acts or events.
    a.
    In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;

    ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,

    And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:

    Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,

    and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:

    dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:

    lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,

    and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:

    dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,

    Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:

    tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,

    id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:

    cape hoc argentum atque defer,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:

    abi domum ac deos comprecare,

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:

    tace modo ac sequere hac,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 16:

    Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,

    Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:

    Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,

    id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
    b.
    In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,

    and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    With ita or sic:

    Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:

    ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
    c.
    Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):

    non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,

    Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
    6.
    (As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:

    Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:

    hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;

    ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:

    Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,

    And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
    7.
    In expressing a wish, atque utinam:

    Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!

    Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:

    Atque utinam pro decore etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 13:

    Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,

    Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:

    Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!

    Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
    8.
    To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
    a.
    Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;

    atque ipsis commentum placet,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):

    ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:

    ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,

    and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:

    observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,

    Plin. Pan. 26.—
    b.
    With tamen:

    nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:

    discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):

    ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;

    14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,

    id. H. 5, 16.—
    9.
    To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;

    ... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:

    nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
    10.
    In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
    a.
    A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:

    Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:

    Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:

    Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:

    Ac ne forte putes,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 208:

    Ac ne forte putes etc.,

    Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
    b.
    A positive purpose:

    Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:

    Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:

    Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,

    id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
    11.
    a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
    b.
    In introducing parentheses:

    vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,

    Liv. 21, 38:

    omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
    c.
    At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:

    Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
    V.
    In particular connections and phrases.
    A.
    Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:

    unae atque alterae scalae,

    Sall. J. 60, 7:

    quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,

    id. ib. 93, 2:

    unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,

    Tac. H. 5, 6:

    dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,

    Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:

    alius atque alius,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
    B.
    Etiam atque etiam. again and again:

    temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:

    etiam atque etiam considera,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,

    id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:

    iterum atque iterum,

    Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
    C.
    Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
    D.
    Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:

    atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,

    but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:

    Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,

    and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
    E.
    Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:

    Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:

    quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,

    id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,

    Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
    F.
    With other conjunctions.
    1.
    After et:

    equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:

    vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,

    Tac. Agr. 32.:

    denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,

    Liv. 21, 6, 4:

    ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,

    id. 21, 41, 2:

    et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,

    Quint. 8, 3, 3:

    Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,

    id. 12, 10, 67. —
    2.
    After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:

    submoverique atque in castra redigi,

    Liv. 26, 10:

    terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,

    id. 21, 52:

    mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,

    Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
    3.
    Before et:

    caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,

    Tac. Agr. 32.—
    4.
    After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):

    nec clavis nec canis atque calix,

    Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:

    mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,

    Suet. Vesp. 12.—
    G.
    Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:

    atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:

    omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,

    id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:

    Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,

    Cat. 68, 152:

    Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,

    Verg. G. 4, 463:

    Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,

    id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:

    Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,

    Tib. 2, 5, 73:

    complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,

    Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.
    ► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
    a.
    In the second place:

    Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,

    Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:

    Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,

    id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):

    Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
    b.
    In the third place:

    quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ac

  • 10 adque

    atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
    I.
    In joining single words, which is its most common use.
    A.
    In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
    1.
    The form atque.
    a.
    Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):

    sociorum atque amicorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):

    deposci atque expeti,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):

    excitare atque inflammare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):

    honestissimus atque ornatissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):

    Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
    b.
    Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    Gallorum atque Belgarum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,

    Cassius atque Brutus,

    Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):

    in portubus atque custodiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):

    superatam esse atque depressam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):

    vitiis atque flagitiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):

    dignitate atque gloria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:

    virtute atque gloria,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):

    labore atque justitia,

    Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):

    hilari atque laeto,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):

    multae atque magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):

    adventu atque nomine,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):

    magna atque praeclara,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):

    se conlegit atque recreavit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):

    provinciarum atque sociorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):

    parietum atque tectorum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):

    gravis atque vehemens,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
    2.
    The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    sentientes ac bene meritos,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:

    feri ac barbari,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):

    liberis ac conjugibus,

    Liv. 21, 30:

    Romae ac circa urbem,

    id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):

    periculum ac discrimen,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    usus ac disciplina,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):

    opima est ac fertilis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    potentissimos ac firmissimos,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;

    2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):

    nobilitatis ac juventutis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):

    terrore ac metu,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):

    insedit ac nimis inveteravit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    gentes ac nationes,

    id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):

    celeberrimum ac plenissimum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):

    firmamenti ac roboris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):

    vectigalibus ac sociis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):

    tantis rebus ac tanto bello,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):

    armatos ac victores,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    inconsulte ac veluti etc.,

    Sall. C. 42, 2:

    opera ac vineae,

    Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:

    Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in se simul atque in Herculem,

    id. G. 34:

    suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,

    id. ib. 30; so,

    sociis pariter atque hostibus,

    id. H. 4, 73:

    innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,

    id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:

    verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    omnia honesta atque inhonesta,

    Sall. C. 30, 4:

    nobiles atque ignobiles,

    id. ib. 20, 7:

    caloris ac frigoris patientia par,

    Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:

    vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
    B.
    Esp.
    a.
    In a hendiadys:

    utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,

    with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:

    de conplexu ejus ac sinu,

    of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:

    me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,

    Sall. C. 3 fin.:

    clamore atque adsensu,

    shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
    b.
    In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
    (α).
    Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:

    Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,

    and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:

    rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,

    and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:

    magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,

    and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,

    and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:

    fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,

    and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:

    intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,

    id. C. 52, 35.—
    (β).
    With adeo, and that too, and even:

    intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:

    qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 27:

    insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,

    id. Planc. 19 fin.:

    non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,

    Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:

    atque adeo autem quor etc.,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
    (γ).
    With etiam:

    id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,

    and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:

    ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,

    Liv. 3, 46.—
    (δ).
    With the dem. pron. hic, is:

    negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,

    and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:

    maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,

    id. ib. 2, 2:

    duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,

    id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:

    flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,

    id. B. G. 5, 18:

    ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,

    Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
    II.
    In comparisons.
    A.
    Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:

    si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:

    Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:

    pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:

    parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 5:

    magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,

    id. Hann. 5, 3:

    pariter patribus ac plebi carus,

    Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:

    In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:

    equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:

    cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,

    Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:

    et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,

    id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:

    similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,

    Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:

    contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,

    Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:

    faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:

    cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
    B.
    Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:

    aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.

    also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,

    Cic. Att. 2, 3:

    simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,

    id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:

    vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,

    id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,

    id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:

    membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,

    id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:

    cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,

    id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
    C.
    Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;

    once, however, non aliter, ac si,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51;

    v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:

    nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,

    id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:

    quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:

    si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,

    id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:

    tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:

    reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,

    id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,

    id. Mur. 4 fin.:

    haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
    D.
    More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;

    in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:

    haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2:

    pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,

    id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:

    num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?

    id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
    E.
    Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):

    nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:

    quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:

    quae suco caret atque putris pumex,

    Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
    F.
    Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:

    amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:

    Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,

    Cat. 61, 172:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561:

    Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:

    nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 96:

    Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,

    id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
    G.
    In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:

    principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,

    as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:

    judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,

    Dig. 21, 1, 25:

    quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,

    ib. 16, 1, 24.—
    III.
    To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Decipiam ac non veniam,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:

    si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:

    perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:

    quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33:

    si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?

    id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,

    id. Att. 1, 16:

    si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:

    si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,

    id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:

    velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,

    Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:

    si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,

    Tac. Or. 1.—
    b.
    With potius:

    Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):

    quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?

    id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:

    concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,

    Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
    IV.
    In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
    1.
    In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:

    atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:

    cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:

    multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,

    Tac. A. 1, 47:

    Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    ac similiter in translatione, etc.,

    Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
    2.
    In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
    a.
    Absol.:

    maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,

    and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
    b.
    Often with etiam:

    Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,

    Cic. Or. 40, 139:

    Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
    c.
    Sometimes with quoque:

    Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
    d.
    And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
    3.
    In narration:

    aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,

    Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:

    completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,

    Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
    4.
    In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):

    Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:

    ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;

    12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;

    and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,

    Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:

    Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,

    id. Lael. 15, 54.—
    5.
    In connecting two acts or events.
    a.
    In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;

    ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,

    And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:

    Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,

    and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:

    dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:

    lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,

    and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:

    dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,

    Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:

    tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,

    id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:

    cape hoc argentum atque defer,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:

    abi domum ac deos comprecare,

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:

    tace modo ac sequere hac,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 16:

    Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,

    Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:

    Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,

    id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
    b.
    In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,

    and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    With ita or sic:

    Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:

    ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
    c.
    Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):

    non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,

    Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
    6.
    (As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:

    Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:

    hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;

    ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:

    Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,

    And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
    7.
    In expressing a wish, atque utinam:

    Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!

    Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:

    Atque utinam pro decore etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 13:

    Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,

    Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:

    Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!

    Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
    8.
    To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
    a.
    Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;

    atque ipsis commentum placet,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):

    ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:

    ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,

    and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:

    observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,

    Plin. Pan. 26.—
    b.
    With tamen:

    nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:

    discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):

    ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;

    14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,

    id. H. 5, 16.—
    9.
    To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;

    ... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:

    nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
    10.
    In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
    a.
    A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:

    Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:

    Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:

    Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:

    Ac ne forte putes,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 208:

    Ac ne forte putes etc.,

    Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
    b.
    A positive purpose:

    Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:

    Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:

    Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,

    id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
    11.
    a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
    b.
    In introducing parentheses:

    vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,

    Liv. 21, 38:

    omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
    c.
    At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:

    Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
    V.
    In particular connections and phrases.
    A.
    Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:

    unae atque alterae scalae,

    Sall. J. 60, 7:

    quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,

    id. ib. 93, 2:

    unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,

    Tac. H. 5, 6:

    dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,

    Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:

    alius atque alius,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
    B.
    Etiam atque etiam. again and again:

    temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:

    etiam atque etiam considera,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,

    id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:

    iterum atque iterum,

    Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
    C.
    Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
    D.
    Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:

    atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,

    but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:

    Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,

    and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
    E.
    Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:

    Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:

    quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,

    id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,

    Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
    F.
    With other conjunctions.
    1.
    After et:

    equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:

    vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,

    Tac. Agr. 32.:

    denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,

    Liv. 21, 6, 4:

    ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,

    id. 21, 41, 2:

    et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,

    Quint. 8, 3, 3:

    Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,

    id. 12, 10, 67. —
    2.
    After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:

    submoverique atque in castra redigi,

    Liv. 26, 10:

    terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,

    id. 21, 52:

    mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,

    Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
    3.
    Before et:

    caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,

    Tac. Agr. 32.—
    4.
    After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):

    nec clavis nec canis atque calix,

    Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:

    mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,

    Suet. Vesp. 12.—
    G.
    Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:

    atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:

    omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,

    id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:

    Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,

    Cat. 68, 152:

    Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,

    Verg. G. 4, 463:

    Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,

    id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:

    Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,

    Tib. 2, 5, 73:

    complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,

    Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.
    ► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
    a.
    In the second place:

    Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,

    Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:

    Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,

    id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):

    Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
    b.
    In the third place:

    quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adque

  • 11 atque

    atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
    I.
    In joining single words, which is its most common use.
    A.
    In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
    1.
    The form atque.
    a.
    Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):

    sociorum atque amicorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):

    deposci atque expeti,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):

    excitare atque inflammare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):

    honestissimus atque ornatissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):

    Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
    b.
    Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    Gallorum atque Belgarum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,

    Cassius atque Brutus,

    Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):

    in portubus atque custodiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):

    superatam esse atque depressam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):

    vitiis atque flagitiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):

    dignitate atque gloria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:

    virtute atque gloria,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):

    labore atque justitia,

    Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):

    hilari atque laeto,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):

    multae atque magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):

    adventu atque nomine,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):

    magna atque praeclara,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):

    se conlegit atque recreavit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):

    provinciarum atque sociorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):

    parietum atque tectorum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):

    gravis atque vehemens,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
    2.
    The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    sentientes ac bene meritos,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:

    feri ac barbari,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):

    liberis ac conjugibus,

    Liv. 21, 30:

    Romae ac circa urbem,

    id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):

    periculum ac discrimen,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    usus ac disciplina,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):

    opima est ac fertilis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    potentissimos ac firmissimos,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;

    2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):

    nobilitatis ac juventutis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):

    terrore ac metu,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):

    insedit ac nimis inveteravit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    gentes ac nationes,

    id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):

    celeberrimum ac plenissimum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):

    firmamenti ac roboris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):

    vectigalibus ac sociis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):

    tantis rebus ac tanto bello,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):

    armatos ac victores,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    inconsulte ac veluti etc.,

    Sall. C. 42, 2:

    opera ac vineae,

    Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:

    Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in se simul atque in Herculem,

    id. G. 34:

    suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,

    id. ib. 30; so,

    sociis pariter atque hostibus,

    id. H. 4, 73:

    innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,

    id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:

    verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    omnia honesta atque inhonesta,

    Sall. C. 30, 4:

    nobiles atque ignobiles,

    id. ib. 20, 7:

    caloris ac frigoris patientia par,

    Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:

    vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
    B.
    Esp.
    a.
    In a hendiadys:

    utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,

    with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:

    de conplexu ejus ac sinu,

    of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:

    me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,

    Sall. C. 3 fin.:

    clamore atque adsensu,

    shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
    b.
    In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
    (α).
    Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:

    Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,

    and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:

    rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,

    and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:

    magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,

    and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,

    and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:

    fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,

    and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:

    intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,

    id. C. 52, 35.—
    (β).
    With adeo, and that too, and even:

    intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:

    qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 27:

    insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,

    id. Planc. 19 fin.:

    non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,

    Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:

    atque adeo autem quor etc.,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
    (γ).
    With etiam:

    id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,

    and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:

    ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,

    Liv. 3, 46.—
    (δ).
    With the dem. pron. hic, is:

    negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,

    and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:

    maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,

    id. ib. 2, 2:

    duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,

    id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:

    flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,

    id. B. G. 5, 18:

    ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,

    Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
    II.
    In comparisons.
    A.
    Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:

    si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:

    Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:

    pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:

    parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 5:

    magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,

    id. Hann. 5, 3:

    pariter patribus ac plebi carus,

    Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:

    In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:

    equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:

    cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,

    Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:

    et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,

    id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:

    similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,

    Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:

    contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,

    Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:

    faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:

    cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
    B.
    Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:

    aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.

    also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,

    Cic. Att. 2, 3:

    simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,

    id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:

    vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,

    id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,

    id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:

    membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,

    id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:

    cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,

    id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
    C.
    Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;

    once, however, non aliter, ac si,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51;

    v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:

    nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,

    id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:

    quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:

    si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,

    id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:

    tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:

    reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,

    id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,

    id. Mur. 4 fin.:

    haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
    D.
    More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;

    in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:

    haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2:

    pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,

    id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:

    num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?

    id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
    E.
    Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):

    nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:

    quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:

    quae suco caret atque putris pumex,

    Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
    F.
    Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:

    amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:

    Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,

    Cat. 61, 172:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561:

    Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:

    nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 96:

    Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,

    id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
    G.
    In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:

    principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,

    as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:

    judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,

    Dig. 21, 1, 25:

    quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,

    ib. 16, 1, 24.—
    III.
    To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Decipiam ac non veniam,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:

    si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:

    perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:

    quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33:

    si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?

    id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,

    id. Att. 1, 16:

    si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:

    si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,

    id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:

    velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,

    Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:

    si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,

    Tac. Or. 1.—
    b.
    With potius:

    Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):

    quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?

    id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:

    concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,

    Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
    IV.
    In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
    1.
    In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:

    atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:

    cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:

    multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,

    Tac. A. 1, 47:

    Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    ac similiter in translatione, etc.,

    Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
    2.
    In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
    a.
    Absol.:

    maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,

    and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
    b.
    Often with etiam:

    Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,

    Cic. Or. 40, 139:

    Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
    c.
    Sometimes with quoque:

    Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
    d.
    And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
    3.
    In narration:

    aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,

    Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:

    completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,

    Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
    4.
    In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):

    Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:

    ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;

    12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;

    and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,

    Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:

    Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,

    id. Lael. 15, 54.—
    5.
    In connecting two acts or events.
    a.
    In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;

    ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,

    And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:

    Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,

    and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:

    dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:

    lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,

    and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:

    dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,

    Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:

    tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,

    id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:

    cape hoc argentum atque defer,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:

    abi domum ac deos comprecare,

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:

    tace modo ac sequere hac,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 16:

    Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,

    Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:

    Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,

    id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
    b.
    In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,

    and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    With ita or sic:

    Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:

    ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
    c.
    Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):

    non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,

    Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
    6.
    (As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:

    Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:

    hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;

    ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:

    Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,

    And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
    7.
    In expressing a wish, atque utinam:

    Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!

    Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:

    Atque utinam pro decore etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 13:

    Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,

    Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:

    Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!

    Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
    8.
    To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
    a.
    Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;

    atque ipsis commentum placet,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):

    ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:

    ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,

    and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:

    observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,

    Plin. Pan. 26.—
    b.
    With tamen:

    nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:

    discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):

    ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;

    14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,

    id. H. 5, 16.—
    9.
    To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;

    ... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:

    nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
    10.
    In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
    a.
    A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:

    Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:

    Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:

    Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:

    Ac ne forte putes,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 208:

    Ac ne forte putes etc.,

    Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
    b.
    A positive purpose:

    Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:

    Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:

    Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,

    id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
    11.
    a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
    b.
    In introducing parentheses:

    vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,

    Liv. 21, 38:

    omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
    c.
    At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:

    Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
    V.
    In particular connections and phrases.
    A.
    Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:

    unae atque alterae scalae,

    Sall. J. 60, 7:

    quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,

    id. ib. 93, 2:

    unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,

    Tac. H. 5, 6:

    dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,

    Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:

    alius atque alius,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
    B.
    Etiam atque etiam. again and again:

    temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:

    etiam atque etiam considera,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,

    id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:

    iterum atque iterum,

    Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
    C.
    Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
    D.
    Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:

    atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,

    but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:

    Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,

    and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
    E.
    Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:

    Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:

    quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,

    id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,

    Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
    F.
    With other conjunctions.
    1.
    After et:

    equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:

    vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,

    Tac. Agr. 32.:

    denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,

    Liv. 21, 6, 4:

    ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,

    id. 21, 41, 2:

    et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,

    Quint. 8, 3, 3:

    Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,

    id. 12, 10, 67. —
    2.
    After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:

    submoverique atque in castra redigi,

    Liv. 26, 10:

    terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,

    id. 21, 52:

    mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,

    Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
    3.
    Before et:

    caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,

    Tac. Agr. 32.—
    4.
    After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):

    nec clavis nec canis atque calix,

    Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:

    mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,

    Suet. Vesp. 12.—
    G.
    Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:

    atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:

    omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,

    id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:

    Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,

    Cat. 68, 152:

    Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,

    Verg. G. 4, 463:

    Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,

    id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:

    Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,

    Tib. 2, 5, 73:

    complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,

    Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.
    ► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
    a.
    In the second place:

    Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,

    Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:

    Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,

    id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):

    Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
    b.
    In the third place:

    quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > atque

  • 12 an

    1.
    ăn, conj. [etym. very obscure; v. the various views adduced in Hand, I. p. 296, with which he seems dissatisfied; if it is connected with the Sanscr. anjas, = Germ. ander, = Engl. other, we may comp. the Engl. other and or with the Germ. oder, = or]. It introduces the second part of a disjunctive interrogation, or a phrase implying doubt, and thus unites in itself the signif. of aut and num or -ne, or, or whether (hence the clause with an is entirely parallel with that introduced by num, utrum, -ne, etc., while aut forms only a subdivision in the single disjunctive clause; utrum... aut—an... aut, whether... or, etc.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. p. 150; v. also aut).
    I.
    In disjunctive interrogations.
    A.
    Direct.
    a.
    Introd. by utrum (in Engl. the introd. particle whether is now obsolete, and the interrogation is denoted simply by the order of the words):

    Utrum hac me feriam an ab laevā latus?

    Plaut. Cist. 3, 10:

    sed utrum tu amicis hodie an inimicis tuis Daturu's cenam?

    id. Ps. 3, 2, 88; id. Pers. 3, 1, 13; id. Trin. 1, 2, 138; id. Cas. 2, 4, 11:

    Utrum sit annon voltis?

    id. Am. prol. 56:

    quid facies? Utrum hoc tantum crimen praetermittes an obicies?

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 30 sq.:

    in plebem vero Romanam utrum superbiam prius commemorem an crudelitatem?

    id. Verr. 1, 122; id. Deiot. 23; id. Fam. 7, 13:

    Utrum enim defenditis an impugnatis plebem?

    Liv. 5, 3. —And with an twice:

    Utrum hoc signum cupiditatis tuae an tropaeum necessitudinis atque hospitii an amoris indicium esse voluisti?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 115; id. Imp. Pomp. 57 sq.; id. Rab. 21.—With an three times:

    Utrum res ab initio ita ducta est, an ad extremum ita perducta, an ita parva est pecunia, an is (homo) Verres, ut haec quae dixi, gratis facta esse videantur?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 61; 3, 83; id. Clu. 183; Liv. 21, 10; and seven times in Cic. Dom. 56-58.—With -ne pleon. (not to be confounded with cases where utrum precedes as pron.; as Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 9):

    sed utrum tu masne an femina es, qui illum patrem voces?

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 16; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; id. Stich. 5, 4, 26:

    Utrum studione id sibi habet an laudi putat Fore, si etc.,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 28:

    Utrum igitur tandem perspicuisne dubia aperiuntur an dubiis perspicua tolluntur?

    Cic. Fin. 4, 24, 67.—And affixed to utrum, but rarely:

    Utrumne jussi persequemur otium... an hunc laborem etc.,

    Hor. Epod. 1, 7; Plin. 17, 1, 1, § 4; Quint. 12, 1, 40.—
    b.
    Introduced by -ne:

    quid fit? seditio tabetne an numeros augificat suos?

    Enn. Trag. Rel. p. 23 Rib.:

    servos esne an liber?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 186:

    idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?

    Cic. Lig. 18; 23:

    custosne urbis an direptor et vexator esset Antonius?

    id. Phil. 3, 27; id. Mur. 88; id. Sull. 22.—

    So with an twice,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 28; id. Att. 16, 8;

    and five times,

    id. Balb. 9.—
    c.
    Introduced by nonne:

    Nonne ad servos videtis rem publicam venturam fuisse? An mihi ipsi fuit mors aequo animo oppetenda?

    Cic. Sest. 47; id. Sex. Rosc. 43 sq.; id. Dom. 26; 127.—So with an twice, Cic. Phil. 11, 36.—
    d.
    Introduced by num:

    si quis invidiae metus, num est vehementius severitatis invidia quam inertiae pertimescenda?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 29; id. Mur. 76; id. Sest. 80:

    Num quid duas habetis patrias an est illa patria communis?

    id. Leg. 2, 2.—
    e.
    Without introductory particle:

    quid igitur? haec vera an falsa sunt?

    Cic. Ac. 2, 29, 95:

    quid enim exspectas? bellum an tabulas novas?

    id. Cat. 2, 18:

    ipse percussit an aliis occidendum dedit?

    id. Sex. Rosc. 74; id. Verr. 2, 106; id. Imp. Pomp. 53; id. Phil. 2, 27:

    eloquar an sileam?

    Verg. A. 3, 37:

    auditis an me ludit amabilis Insania?

    Hor. C. 3, 4, 5.—So an twice, Cic. Mil. 54;

    three times,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 8;

    and six times,

    Cic. Rab. 14; id. Pis. 40.—
    B.
    Indirect.
    a.
    Introduced by utrum:

    quid tu, malum, curas, Utrum crudum an coctum edim?

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 16; id. Cist. 4, 2, 11; id. Bacch. 3, 4, 1; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74:

    quaero, si quis... utrum is clemens an inhumanissimus esse videatur,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 12:

    agitur, utrum M. Antonio facultas detur an horum ei facere nihil liceat,

    id. Phil. 5, 6; id. Sex. Rosc. 72; id. Imp. Pomp. 42; id. Verr. 1, 105.
    ► So once only in Vulg.
    aut for an: Loquimini de me utrum bovem cujusquam tulerim aut asinum, 1 Reg. 12, 3.—And with -ne pleon.:

    res in discrimine versatur, utrum possitne se contra luxuriem parsimonia defendere an deformata cupiditati addicatur,

    Cic. Quinct. 92:

    numquamne intelleges statuendum tibi esse, utrum illi, qui istam rem gesserunt, homicidaene sint an vindices libertatis?

    id. Phil. 2, 30.—
    b.
    Introduced by -ne:

    Fortunāne an forte repertus,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 159 Rib. agitur autem liberine vivamus an mortem obeamus, Cic. Phil. 11, 24; id. Verr. 4, 73; id. Mil. 16:

    nunc vero non id agitur, bonisne an malis moribus vivamus etc.,

    Sall. C. 52, 10.—So with an three times, Cic. Or. 61.—
    c.
    Introduced by an:

    haud scio an malim te videri... an amicos tuos plus habuisse,

    Cic. Pis. 39.—
    d.
    Without introd. particle:

    ... vivam an moriar, nulla in me est metus,

    Enn. Trag. Rel. p. 72 Rib.:

    vivat an mortuus sit, quis aut scit aut curat?

    Cic. Phil. 13, 33; 3, 18; id. Sex. Rosc. 88; id. Red. in Sen. 14.—
    C.
    Sometimes the opinion of the speaker or the probability inclines to the second interrogative clause (cf. infra, II. E.). and this is made emphatic, as a corrective of the former, or rather, or on the contrary:

    ea quae dixi ad corpusne refers? an est aliquid, quod te suā sponte delectet?

    Cic. Fin. 2, 33, 107:

    Cur sic agere voluistis? An ignoratis quod etc.,

    Vulg. Gen. 44, 15.—Hence, in the comic poets, an potius:

    cum animo depugnat suo, Utrum itane esse mavelit ut... An ita potius ut etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 31: id. Stich. 1, 2, 18; id. Trin. 2, 2, 25:

    an id flagitium est, An potius hoc patri aequomst fieri, ut a me ludatur dolis?

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 94.—
    D.
    The first part of the interrogation is freq. not expressed, but is to be supplied from the context; in this case, an begins the interrog., or, or rather, or indeed, or perhaps (but it does not begin an absolute, i. e. not disjunctive, interrog.): De. Credam ego istuc, si esse te hilarem videro. Ar. An tu esse me tristem putas? (where nonne me hilarem esse vides? is implied), Plaut. As. 5, 1, 10: Ch. Sed Thaïs multon ante venit? Py. An abiit jam a milite? Ter. Eun. 4, 5, 7:

    An ego Ulixem obliscar umquam?

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 199 Rib.:

    An parum vobis est quod peccatis?

    Vulg. Josh. 22, 17:

    est igitur aliquid, quod perturbata mens melius possit facere quam constans? an quisquam potest sine perturbatione mentis irasci?

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 24, 54; cf. id. Clu. 22; id. Off. 3, 29: Debes hoc etiam rescribere, sit tibi curae Quantae conveniat Munatius; an male sarta Gratia nequiquam coit...? or is perhaps, etc., Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 31 K. and H. —So esp. in Cic., in order to make the truth of an assertion more certain, by an argumentum a minore ad majus:

    cur (philosophus) pecuniam magno opere desideret vel potius curet omnino? an Scythes Anacharsis potuit pro nihilo pecuniam ducere, nostrates philosophi non potuerunt?

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 89 sq.:

    An vero P. Scipio T. Gracchum privatus interfecit, Catilinam vero nos consules perferemus?

    id. Cat. 1, 1; so id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 14, 5, 12 Muret.; id. Fin. 1, 2, 5, ubi v. Madv.—It sometimes introduces a question suggested by the words of another: He. Mane. Non dum audisti, Demea, Quod est gravissimum? De. An quid est etiam anplius? Is there then etc., Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 21:

    sed ad haec, nisi molestum est, habeo quae velim. An me, inquam, nisi te audire vellem censes haec dicturum fuisse?

    Cic. Fin. 1, 8, 28; 2, 22, 74; id. Tusc. 5, 26, 73; 5, 12, 35; id. Brut. 184; id. Fat. 2, 4; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 8, 28.—It sometimes anticipates an answer to something going before: At vero si ad vitem sensus accesserit, ut appetitum quendam habeat et per se ipsa moveatur, quid facturam putas? An ea, quae per vinitorem antea consequebatur, per se ipsa curabit? shall we not say that, must we not think that etc., Cic. Fin. 5, 14, 38, ubi v. Madv.—
    E.
    An non. and in one word, annon (in direct questions more freq. than necne):

    isne est quem quaero an non?

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 12:

    Hocine agis an non?

    id. And. 1, 2, 15:

    Tibi ego dico an non?

    id. ib. 4, 4, 23:

    utrum sit an non voltis?

    Plaut. Am. prol. 56:

    utrum cetera nomina in codicem accepti et expensi digesta habes annon?

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 3 al. —Also in indirect questions = necne, q. v.:

    abi, vise redieritne jam an non dum domum,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 4, 5:

    videbo utrum clamorem opere conpleverint, an non est ita,

    Vulg. Gen. 18, 21; 24, 21.—
    F.
    An ne, usually written anne, pleon. for an.
    a.
    In direct questions:

    anne tu dicis quā ex causā vindicaveris?

    Cic. Mur. 26. —
    b.
    In indirect questions:

    nec. aequom anne iniquom imperet, cogitabit,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 19; id. Ps. 1, 1, 122:

    percontarier, Utrum aurum reddat anne eat secum simul,

    id. Bacch. 4, 1, 4:

    Nam quid ego de consulato loquar, parto vis, anue gesto?

    Cic. Pis. 1, 3:

    cum interrogetur, tria pauca sint anne multa,

    id. Ac. 2, 29:

    Gabinio dicam anne Pompeio, an utrique,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 19, 57; so id. Or. 61, 206:

    Quid enim interest, divitias, opes, valetudinem bona dicas anne praeposita, cum etc.,

    id. Fin. 4, 9, 23 Madv.; August. ap. Suet. Aug. 69 al. (for the omission of the second disjunctive clause or the particle necne representing it, v. utrum;

    instances of this usage in eccl. Lat. are,

    Vulg. Lev. 13, 36; 14, 36; ib. Num. 11, 23 al.).—
    II.
    In disjunctive clauses that express doubt, or.
    A.
    Utrum stultitiā facere ego hunc an malitiā Dicam, scientem an imprudentem, incertus sum. Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 54:

    ut nescias, utrum res oratione an verba sententiis illustrentur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 13, 56:

    honestumne factu sit an turpe, dubitant,

    id. Off. 1, 3, 9:

    nescio, gratulerne tibi an timeam,

    id. Fam. 2, 5; Caes. B. G. 7, 5:

    pecuniae an famae minus parceret, haud facile discerneres,

    Sall. C. 25, 3; so id. ib. 52, 10; Suet. Aug. 19; id. Tib. 10; id. Claud. 15:

    cognoscet de doctrinā, utrum ex Deo sit an ego a me ipso loquar,

    Vulg. Joan. 7, 17; ib. Eccl. 2, 19 al.—
    B.
    An sometimes denotes uncertainty by itself, without a verb of doubting (dubito, dubium or incertum est, etc., vet in such cases the editors are divided between an and aut; cf. Mos. and Orell. ad Cic. Rep. 1, 12): verene hoc memoriae proditum est [p. 115] regem istum Numam Pythagorae ipsius discipulum, an certe Pythagoreum fuisse? Cic. Rep. 2, 15, where B. and K. read aut certe: Cn. Octavius est an Cn. Cornelius quidam tuus familiaris, summo genere natus, terrae filius;

    is etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 9 B. and K.:

    Themistocles quidem, cum ei Simonides an quis alius artem memoriae polliceretur, Oblivionis, inquit, mallem,

    Simonides or some other person, id. Fin. 2, 32, 104; id. Fam. 7, 9, 3; id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 2, 7, 3; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    C.
    It often stands for sive (so esp. in and after the Aug. per.):

    quod sit an non, nihil commovet analogiam,

    whether this be so or not, Varr. L. L. 9, § 105 Müll.; Att. ap. Prisc. p. 677 P.; Ov. R. Am. 797:

    saucius an sanus, numquid tua signa reliqui,

    id. F. 4, 7:

    Illa mihi referet, si nostri mutua curast, An minor, an toto pectore deciderim,

    Tib. 3, 1, 20; Tac. A. 11, 26:

    sive nullam opem praevidebat inermis atque exul, seu taedio ambiguae spei an amore conjugis et liberorum,

    id. ib. 14, 59.—
    D.
    The first disjunctive clause is freq. to be supplied from the gen. idea or an may stand for utrum—necne (cf. supra, I. D.):

    qui scis, an, quae jubeam, sine vi faciat? (vine coactus is to be supplied),

    how knowest thou whether or not he will do it without compulsion? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 20:

    An dolo malo factum sit, ambigitur,

    Cic. Tull. 23:

    quaesivi an misisset (periplasmata),

    id. Verr. 4, 27:

    Vide an facile fieri tu potueris, cum etc.,

    id. Fragm. B. 13, 2, 1:

    praebete aurem et videte an mentiar,

    Vulg. Job, 6, 28: de L. Bruto fortasse dubitaverim an propter infinitum odium tyranni effrenatius in Aruntem invaserit, I might doubt whether or not, etc., Cic. Tusc. 4, 22, 50; id. Verr. 3, 76:

    Quis scit an adiciant hodiernae crastina summae Tempora di superi?

    Hor. C. 4, 7, 17; Plin. Ep. 6, 21, 3; Quint. 2, 17, 38:

    Sine videamus an veniat Elias,

    Vulg. Matt. 27, 49:

    tria sine dubio rursus spectanda sunt, an sit, quid sit, quale sit,

    Quint. 5, 10, 53:

    dubium an quaesitā morte,

    Tac. A. 1, 5; 6, 50; 4, 74:

    Multitudo an vindicatura Bessum fuerit, incertum est,

    Curt. 7, 5:

    diu Lacedaemonii, an eum summae rei praeponerent, deliberaverunt,

    Just. 6, 2, 4 et saep.—
    E.
    Since in such distrib. sentences expressive of doubt, the opinion of the speaker or the probability usually inclines to the second, i. e. to the clause beginning with an, the expressions haud scio an, nescio an, dubito an (the latter through all pers. and tenses), incline to an affirmative signification, I almost know, I am inclined to think, I almost think, I might say, I might assert that, etc., for perhaps, probably (hence the opinion is incorrect that an, in this situation, stands for an non; for by an non a negation of the objective clause is expressed, e. g. nescio an non beatus sit, I am almost of the opinion that he is not happy, v. infra, and cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 1, Exc. XI. p. 335 sq.; Cic. uses haud scio an eleven times in his Orations;

    nescio an, four times): atque haud scio an, quae dixit sint vera omnia,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 45:

    crudele gladiatorum spectaculum et inhumanum non nullis videri solet: et haud scio an ita sit, ut nunc fit,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 17, 41; id. Fl. 26:

    testem non mediocrem, sed haud scio an gravissimum,

    perhaps, id. Off. 3, 29:

    constantiam dico? nescio an melius patientiam possim dicere,

    id. Lig. 9; id. Fam. 9, 19:

    ingens eo die res, ac nescio an maxima illo bello gesta sit,

    Liv. 23, 16; Quint. 12, 11, 7 al.:

    si per se virtus sine fortunā ponderanda sit, dubito an Thrasybulum primum omuium ponam,

    I am not certain whether I should not prefer Thrasybulus to all others, Nep. Thras. 1 Dähne:

    dicitur acinace stricto Darius dubitāsse an fugae dedecus honestā morte vitaret,

    i. e. was almost resolved upon, Curt. 4, 5, 30:

    ego dubito an id improprium potius appellem,

    Quint. 1, 5, 46; Gell. 1, 3 al.—Hence, a neg. objective clause must contain in this connection the words non, nemo, nullus, nihil, numquam, nusquam, etc.:

    dubitet an turpe non sit,

    he is inclined to believe that it is not bad, Cic. Off. 3, 12, 50:

    haud scio an ne opus quidem sit, nihil umquam deesse amicis,

    id. Am. 14, 51:

    eloquentiā quidem nescio an habuisset parem neminem,

    id. Brut. 33: quod cum omnibus est faciendum tum haud scio an nemini potius quam tibi, to no one perhaps more, id. Off. 3, 2, 6:

    meā sententiā haud scio an nulla beatior esse possit,

    id. Sen. 16; id. Leg. 1, 21:

    non saepe atque haud scio an numquam,

    id. Or. 2, 7 al. —
    F.
    Sometimes the distributive clause beginning with an designates directly the opposite, the more improbable, the negative; in which case nescio an, haud scio an, etc., like the Engl. I know not whether, signify I think that not, I believe that not, etc.; hence, in the object. clause, aliquis, quisquam, ullus, etc., must stand instead of nemo, nullus, etc. (so for the most part only after Cic.): an profecturus sim, nescio, I know not (i. e. I doubt, I am not confident) whether I shall effect any thing, Sen. Ep. 25:

    opus nescio an superabile, magnum certe tractemus,

    id. Q. N. 3, praef. 4; Caecil. ap. Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: haud scio an vivere nobis liceret, I know not whether we, etc., Cic. Har. Resp. 11, 22: doleo enim maximam feminam eripi oculis civitatis, nescio an aliquid simile visuris, for I know not whether they will ever see any thing of this kind, Plin. Ep. 7, 19; Val. Max. 5, 2, 9:

    nescio an ullum tempus jucundius exegerim,

    I do not know whether I have ever passed time more pleasantly, id. 3, 1:

    namque huic uni contigit, quod nescio an ulli,

    Nep. Timol. 1, 1; Sen. Contr. 3 praef.; Quint. 9, 4, 1:

    nostri quoque soloecum, soloecismum nescio an umquam dixerint,

    Gell. 5, 20 al. Cf. upon this word Hand, Turs. I. pp. 296-361, and Beier, Exc. ad Cic. Am. pp. 202-238.
    2.
    an-, v. ambi.
    3.
    - ăn. This word appears in forsan, forsitan, and fortasse an (Att. Trag. Rel. p. 151 Rib.) or fortassan, seeming to enhance the idea of uncertainty and doubt belonging to fors, etc., and is regarded by some as the Greek conditional particle an, and indeed one of these compounds, forsitan, sometimes in the Vulgate, translates an; as, Joan. 4, 10; 5, 46; 8, 19; and in 3, Joan. 9, it still represents the various reading, an.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > an

  • 13 в силе

    I
    [PrepP; Invar; subj-compl with быть (subj: human)]
    =====
    1. one has strength, energy, is able-bodied:
    - X был в силе≈ X was strong and healthy;
    - [in limited contexts] X was in his prime.
         ♦ Вспоминал [Едигей] те дни, когда они с Казангапом были молоды и в силе... (Айтматов 2). Не [Yedigei] recalled those days when Kazangap and he had been young and in their prime (2a).
    2. one has authority, holds an important position:
    - X в силе≈ X wields (has, is in) power;
    - [in limited contexts] X has clout;
    || X в большой силе≈ X has (is of) (great) influence.
         ♦ Попасть на трибуну для Канарейкина большая удача. ОО этом напечатают в газетах. Пойдёт слух, что Канарейкин еще в силе (Зиновьев 2). It was a great personal triumph for Kanareikin to be allowed to speak. The newspapers would report it. There would be a rumour that Kanareikin still wielded power (2a).
         ♦ Ему [Петру Петровичу] надо было только поскорей и немедленно разузнать: что и как тут случилось? В силе эти люди или не в силе? Есть ли чего бояться собственно ему, или нет? (Достоевский 3). Не [Pyotr Petrovich] needed only to find out at once and quickly what went on here, and how. Did these people have any power, or did they not have any power? Was there anything for him to fear personally, or was there not? (3c).
         ♦...Князь Андрей возобновил старые знакомства, особенно с теми лицами, которые, он знал, были в силе и могли быть нужны ему (Толстой 5)....Prince Andrei looked up old acquaintances, especially those he knew to be in power and whose aid he might need (5a).
         ♦ "Зачем ты не сказал, что он [немец] в силе?" (Гончаров 1). "Why didn't you tell me he [the German] had influence?" (1a).
         ♦ "Кто это?" - "Лазарев - чиновник особых поручений при министре и в большой силе" (Герцен 1). "Who is that?"..."Lazarev, a clerk of special commissions and of great influence with the Minister" (1a).
    II
    [PrepP; Invar; subj-compl with быть, оставаться (subj: закон, приказ, приговор etc) or obj-compl with оставлять (obj: закон, приказ, приговор etc)]
    =====
    ⇒ (of or in refer, to a law, an order, a verdict etc) sth. is effective, is to be obeyed:
    - оставаться в силе ≈ (be < remain>) in force;
    - (be < remain>) in effect;
    - let sth. stand.
         ♦ Человеческие законы цивилизации кончились. В силе были зверские (Пастернак 1). The laws of human civilization were suspended. The jungle law was in force (1a).
         ♦ Все выражение его лица говорило ей, что утренний разговор им не забыт, что решенье его осталось в прежней силе и что только благодаря присутствию гостей он не говорит ей этого теперь (Толстой 5). The whole expression of his face told her that he had not forgotten the morning's talk, that his decision remained in force, and only the presence of visitors hindered his speaking of it to her now (5b).
         ♦ О деле Норвегова кое-где узнали, прошли демонстрации, но приговор остался в силе (Соколов 1). Here and there people learned about the Norvegov case, there were demonstrations, but the sentence remained in force (1a).
         ♦ "Ну, пока поверим [ вам]. Но предупреждение моё остаётся в силе" (Солженицын 3). "Well, we'll believe you for now. But my warning still stands" (3a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > в силе

  • 14 С-180

    В СИЛЕ2 PrepP Invar subj-compl with быть», оставаться ( subj: закон, приказ, приговор etc) or obj-compl with оставлять ( obj: закон, приказ, приговор etc)) (of or in refer, to a law, an order, a verdict etc) sth. is effective, is to be obeyed: оставаться \С-180 = (be (remain)) in force (be (remain)) in effect (be) valid stand apply
    оставлять - -uphold sth.
    let sth. stand.
    Человеческие законы цивилизации кончились. В силе были зверские (Пастернак 1). The laws of human civilization were suspended. The jungle law was in force (1a).
    Все выражение его лица говорило ей, что утренний разговор им не забыт, что решенье его осталось в прежней силе и что только благодаря присутствию гостей он не говорит ей этого теперь (Толстой 5). The whole expression of his face told her that he had not forgotten the morning's talk, that his decision remained in force, and only the presence of visitors hindered his speaking of it to her now (5b).
    О деле Норвегова кое-где узнали, прошли демонстрации, но приговор остался в силе (Соколов 1). Here and there people learned about the Norvegov case, there were demonstrations, but the sentence remained in force (1a).
    «Ну, пока поверим (вам). Но предупреждение мое остается в силе» (Солженицын 3). "Well, we'll believe you for now. But my warning still stands" (3a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > С-180

  • 15 strain a point

    1) сделать исключение, не очень строго соблюдать правила; пойти на уступки

    ‘...I've given her the order to get out next Tuesday and that's all I can do.’ ‘I wanted to ask you if you couldn't stretch a point and let her stay here till the boat comes in from San Francisco...’ (W. S. Maugham, ‘Complete Short Stories’, ‘Rain’) — -...Я распорядился, чтобы она выехала в следующий вторник. Это все, что я могу сделать. - Я хотел бы просить вас, нельзя ли в виде исключения разрешить ей подождать парохода из Сан-Франциско...

    The spectacle renewed his wife's conviction that, for her daughter's sake, she should strain a point to rejoin him. (Th. Hardy, ‘The Mayor of Casterbridge’, ch. IX) — При виде этого жена Хенгарда яснее прежнего поняла, что она обязана кое-чем поступиться ради дочери.

    ‘If you should want to kiss goodbye,’ said the gaoler, ‘not being husband and wife, it's not usual. Still, I don't mind stretching a point for once...’ (E. Waugh, ‘Decline and Fall’, part III, ch. IV) — - Не принято, чтобы неженатые целовались на прощание, - сказал тюремщик. - Но один раз, уж так и быть, можно...

    I shall want another Fellow's signature of course. I've asked Skeffington to come along. To make it absolutely watertight he ought to have witnessed the sealing too, but I think I'm prepared to stretch a point. (C. P. Snow, ‘The Affair’, ch. 3) — Мне, конечно, нужна подпись еще одного члена совета. Я просил прийти Скеффингтона. Если уж делать все строго по правилам, он тоже должен был присутствовать на церемонии приложения печати, но думаю, что в этом случае я могу позволить себе некоторую вольность.

    2) превышать свои права, полномочия, превышать власть; выходить за пределы дозволенного

    We've not quite so much proof as I could wish. It would be straining a point to arrest him as it stands. (G. Lawrence, ‘Guy Livingstone’, ch. XXXIV) — У нас не так много доказательств, как бы мне хотелось иметь. Арестовать его в данный момент было бы превышением власти.

    3) допускать натяжку, преувеличивать

    It would be stretching a point to say that Cuthbert was a handsome man. (H. Kingsley, ‘Ravenshoe’, ch. XLII) — Было бы преувеличением сказать, что Кутберт красивый мужчина.

    Large English-Russian phrasebook > strain a point

  • 16 adeo

    1.
    ăd-ĕo, ĭī, and rarely īvi, ĭtum (arch. adirier for adiri, Enn. Rib. Trag. p. 59), 4, v. n. and a. (acc. to Paul. ex Fest. should be accented a/deo; v. Fest. s. v. adeo, p. 19 Müll.; cf. the foll. word), to go to or approach a person or thing (syn.: accedo, aggredior, advenio, appeto).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., constr.
    (α).
    With ad (very freq.): sed tibi cautim est adeundum ad virum, Att. ap. Non. 512, 10:

    neque eum ad me adire neque me magni pendere visu'st,

    Plaut. Cur. 2, 2, 12:

    adeamne ad eam?

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; id. Eun. 3, 5, 30: aut ad consules aut ad te aut ad Brutum adissent, Cic. Fragm. ap. Non. 208, 5:

    ad M. Bibulum adierunt, id. Fragm. ap. Arus. p. 213 Lind.: ad aedis nostras nusquam adiit,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 24:

    adibam ad istum fundum,

    Cic. Caec. 29 —
    (β).
    With in: priusquam Romam atque in horum conventum adiretis, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 11, § 26 ed. Halm.—Esp.: adire in jus, to go to law:

    cum ad praetorem in jus adissemus,

    Cic. Verr. 4, § 147; id. Att. 11, 24; Caes. B. C. 1, 87, and in the Plebiscit. de Thermens. lin. 42: QVO DE EA RE IN IOVS ADITVM ERIT, cf. Dirks., Versuche S. p. 193.—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    adeunt, consistunt, copulantur dexteras,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 2, 38:

    eccum video: adibo,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 5.—
    (δ).
    With acc.:

    ne Stygeos adeam non libera manes,

    Ov. M. 13, 465:

    voces aetherias adiere domos,

    Sil. 6, 253:

    castrorum vias,

    Tac. A. 2, 13:

    municipia,

    id. ib. 39:

    provinciam,

    Suet. Aug. 47:

    non poterant adire eum,

    Vulg. Luc. 8, 19:

    Graios sales carmine patrio,

    to attain to, Verg. Cat. 11, 62; so with latter supine:

    planioribus aditu locis,

    places easier to approach, Liv. 1, 33.—With local adv.:

    quoquam,

    Sall. J. 14:

    huc,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 60.—
    B.
    Esp.,
    1.
    To approach one for the purpose of addressing, asking aid, consulting, and the like, to address, apply to, consult (diff. from aggredior, q. v.). —Constr. with ad or oftener with acc.; hence also pass.:

    quanto satius est, adire blandis verbis atque exquaerere, sintne illa, etc.,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 35:

    aliquot me adierunt,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 2:

    adii te heri de filia,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 9: cum pacem peto, cum placo, cum adeo, et cum appello meam, Lucil. ap. Non. 237, 28:

    ad me adire quosdam memini, qui dicerent,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 10:

    coram adire et alloqui,

    Tac. H. 4, 65.— Pass.:

    aditus consul idem illud responsum retulit,

    when applied to, Liv. 37, 6 fin.:

    neque praetores adiri possent,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5.—Hence: adire aliquem per epistulam, to address one in writing, by a letter:

    per epistulam, aut per nuntium, quasi regem, adiri eum aiunt,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 9 and 10; cf. Tac. A. 4, 39; id. H. 1, 9.—So also: adire deos, aras, deorum sedes, etc., to approach the gods, their altars, etc., as a suppliant (cf.:

    acced. ad aras,

    Lucr. 5, 1199): quoi me ostendam? quod templum adeam? Att. ap. Non. 281, 6:

    ut essent simulacra, quae venerantes deos ipsos se adire crederent,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 27:

    adii Dominum et deprecatus sum,

    Vulg. Sap. 8, 21:

    aras,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 1:

    sedes deorum,

    Tib. 1, 5, 39:

    libros Sibyllinos,

    to consult the Sibylline Books, Liv. 34, 55; cf. Tac. A. 1, 76:

    oracula,

    Verg. A. 7, 82.—
    2.
    To go to a thing in order to examine it, to visit:

    oppida castellaque munita,

    Sall. J. 94:

    hiberna,

    Tac. H. 1, 52.—
    3.
    To come up to one in a hostile manner, to assail, attack:

    aliquem: nunc prior adito tu, ego in insidiis hic ero,

    Ter. Ph. 1, 4, 52:

    nec quisquam ex agmine tanto audet adire virum,

    Verg. A. 5, 379:

    Servilius obvia adire arma jubetur,

    Sil. 9, 272.
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    To go to the performance of any act, to enter upon, to undertake, set about, undergo, submit to (cf.: accedo, aggredior, and adorior).—With ad or the acc. (class.):

    nunc eam rem vult, scio, mecum adire ad pactionem,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 25:

    tum primum nos ad causas et privatas et publicas adire coepimus,

    Cic. Brut. 90:

    adii causas oratorum, id. Fragm. Scaur. ap. Arus. p. 213 Lind.: adire ad rem publicam,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 24, 70:

    ad extremum periculum,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 7.—With acc.:

    periculum capitis,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 38:

    laboribus susceptis periculisque aditis,

    id. Off. 1, 19:

    in adeundis periculis,

    id. ib. 24; cf.:

    adeundae inimicitiae, subeundae saepe pro re publica tempestates,

    id. Sest. 66, 139: ut vitae periculum aditurus videretur, Auct. B. G. 8, 48: maximos labores et summa pericula. Nep. Timol. 5:

    omnem fortunam,

    Liv. 25, 10:

    dedecus,

    Tac. A. 1, 39:

    servitutem voluntariam,

    id. G. 24:

    invidiam,

    id. A. 4, 70:

    gaudia,

    Tib. 1, 5, 39.—Hence of an inheritance, t. t., to enter on:

    cum ipse hereditatem patris non adisses,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 16; so id. Arch. 5; Suet. Aug. 8 and Dig.;

    hence also: adire nomen,

    to assume the name bequeathed by will, Vell. 2, 60.—
    B.
    Adire manum alicui, prov., to deceive one, to make sport of (the origin of this phrase is unc.; Acidalius conjectures that it arose from some artifice practised in wrestling, Wagner ad Plaut. Aul. 2, 8, 8):

    eo pacto avarae Veneri pulcre adii manum,

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 11; so id. Aul. 2, 8, 8; id. Cas. 5, 2, 54; id. Pers. 5, 2, 18.
    2.
    ăd-ĕō̆, adv. [cf. quoad and adhuc] (acc. to Festus, it should be accented adéo, v. the preced. word; but this distinction is merely a later invention of the grammarians; [p. 33] cf. Gell. 7, 7).
    I.
    In the ante-class. per.,
    A.
    To designate the limit of space or time, with reference to the distance passed through; hence often accompanied by usque (cf. ad), to this, thus far, so far, as far.
    1.
    Of space:

    surculum artito usque adeo, quo praeacueris,

    fit in the scion as far as you have sharpened it, Cato, R. R. 40, 3.— Hence: res adeo rediit, the affair has gone so far (viz., in deterioration, “cum aliquid pejus exspectatione contigit,” Don. ad Ter. Ph. 1, 2, 5):

    postremo adeo res rediit: adulescentulus saepe eadem et graviter audiendo victus est,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 61; cf. id. Ph. 1, 2, 5.—
    2.
    Of time, so long ( as), so long ( till), strengthened by usque, and with dum, donec, following, and in Cic. with quoad:

    merces vectatum undique adeo dum, quae tum haberet, peperisset bona,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 76; 3, 4, 72; id. Am. 1, 2, 10 al.:

    nusquam destitit instare, suadere, orare, usque adeo donec perpulit,

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 36; Cato, R. R. 67; id. ib. 76:

    atque hoc scitis omnes usque adeo hominem in periculo fuisse, quoad scitum sit Sestium vivere,

    Cic. Sest. 38, 82.—
    B.
    For the purpose of equalizing two things in comparison, followed by ut: in the same degree or measure or proportion... in which; or so very, so much, so, to such a degree... as (only in comic poets), Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 38:

    adeon hominem esse invenustum aut infelicem quemquam, ut ego sum?

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 10.—Also followed by quasi, when the comparison relates to similarity:

    gaudere adeo coepit, quasi qui cupiunt nuptias,

    in the same manner as those rejoice who desire marriage, Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 12.—
    C.
    (Only in the comic poets) = ad haec, praeterea, moreover, besides, too: ibi tibi adeo lectus dabitur, ubi tu haud somnum capias ( beside the other annoyances), a bed, too, shall be given you there, etc., Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 80.—Hence also with etiam:

    adeo etiam argenti faenus creditum audio,

    besides too, id. Most. 3, 1, 101.—
    D.
    (Only in the comic poets.) Adeo ut, for this purpose that, to the end that:

    id ego continuo huic dabo, adeo me ut hic emittat manu,

    Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 32:

    id adeo te oratum advenio, ut, etc.,

    id. Aul. 4, 10, 9:

    adeo ut tu meam sententiam jam jam poscere possis, faciam, etc.,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 26 (where Wagner now reads at ut):

    atque adeo ut scire possis, factum ego tecum hoc divido,

    id. Stich. 5, 4, 15. (These passages are so interpreted by Hand, I. p. 138; others regard adeo here = quin immo.)—
    E.
    In narration, in order to put one person in strong contrast with another. It may be denoted by a stronger emphasis upon the word to be made conspicuous, or by yet, on the contrary, etc.:

    jam ille illuc ad erum cum advenerit, narrabit, etc.: ille adeo illum mentiri sibi credet,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 4 sq.; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 8 al.
    II.
    To the Latin of every period belongs the use of this word,
    A.
    To give emphasis to an idea in comparison, so, so much, so very, with verbs, adjectives, and substantives:

    adeo ut spectare postea omnīs oderit,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 65:

    neminem quidem adeo infatuare potuit, ut ei nummum ullum crederet,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    adeoque inopia est coactus Hannibal, ut, etc.,

    Liv. 22, 32, 3 Weiss.:

    et voltu adeo modesto, adeo venusto, ut nil supra,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 92:

    nemo adeo ferus est, ut, etc.,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 39.—With usque:

    adeo ego illum cogam usque, ut mendicet meus pater,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 10:

    usque adeo turbatur,

    even so much, so continually, Verg. E. 1, 12; Curt. 10, 1, 42; Luc. 1, 366.—In questions:

    adeone me fuisse fungum, ut qui illi crederem?

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49:

    adeone hospes hujus urbis, adeone ignarus es disciplinae consuetudinisque nostrae, ut haec nescias?

    Cic. Rab. 10, 28; so id. Phil. 2, 7, 15; id. Fam. 9, 10; Liv. 2, 7, 10; 5, 6, 4.—With a negative in both clauses, also with quin in the last:

    non tamen adeo virtutum sterile saeculum, ut non et bona exempla prodiderit,

    Tac. H. 1, 3; so Suet. Oth. 9:

    verum ego numquam adeo astutus fui, quin, etc.,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 13.—

    Sometimes the concluding clause is to be supplied from the first: quis genus Aeneadum, quis Trojae nesciat urbem?... non obtusa adeo gestamus pectora Poeni, viz.,

    that we know not the Trojans and their history, Verg. A. 1, 565:

    adeo senuerunt Juppiter et Mars?

    Juv. 6, 59.—Hence (post-Cic.): adeo non ut... adeo nihil ut... so little that, so far from that... (in reference to which, it should be noticed that in Latin the negative is blended with the verb in one idea, which is qualified by adeo) = tantum abest ut: haec dicta adeo nihil moverunt quemquam, ut legati prope violati sint, these words left them all so unmoved that, etc., or had so little effect, etc., Liv. 3, 2, 7: qui adeo non tenuit iram, ut gladio cinctum in senatum venturum se esse palam diceret, who restrained his anger so little that, etc. (for, qui non—tenuit iram adeo, ut), id. 8, 7, 5; so 5, 45, 4; Vell. 2, 66, 4: Curt. 3, 12, 22.—Also with contra in the concluding clause:

    apud hostes Afri et Carthaginienses adeo non sustinebant, ut contra etiam pedem referrent,

    Liv. 30, 34, 5. —
    B.
    Adeo is placed enclitically after its word, like quidem, certe, and the Gr. ge, even, indeed, just, precisely. So,
    1.
    Most freq. with pronouns, in order to render prominent something before said, or foll., or otherwise known (cf. in Gr. egôge, suge, autos ge, etc., Viger. ed. Herm. 489, vi. and Zeun.): argentariis male credi qui aiunt, nugas praedicant: nam et bene et male credi dico; id adeo hodie ego expertus sum, just this (touto ge), Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 1; so id. Aul. 2, 4, 10; 4, 2, 15; id. Am. 1, 1, 98; 1, 2, 6; id. Ep. 1, 1, 51; 2, 2, 31; 5, 2, 40; id. Poen. 1, 2, 57: plerique homines, quos, cum nihil refert, pudet;

    ubi pudendum'st ibi eos deserit pudor, is adeo tu es,

    you are just such a one, id. Ep. 2, 1, 2:

    cui tu obsecutus, facis huic adeo injuriam,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 68: tute adeo jam ejus verba audies, you yourself shall hear what he has to say (suge akousêi), Ter. And. 3, 3, 27: Dolabella tuo nihil scito mihi esse jucundius: hanc adeo habebo gratiam illi, i. e. hanc, quae maxima est, gratiam (tautên ge tên charin), Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 16:

    haec adeo ex illo mihi jam speranda fuerunt,

    even this, Verg. A. 11, 275.—It is often to be translated by the intensive and, and just, etc. (so esp. in Cic. and the histt.): id adeo, si placet, considerate, just that (touto ge skopeite), Cic. Caec. 30, 87:

    id adeo ex ipso senatus consulto cognoscite,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, 143; cf. id. Clu. 30, 80:

    ad hoc quicumque aliarum atque senatus partium erant, conturbari remp., quam minus valere ipsi malebant. Id adeo malum multos post annos in civitatem reverterat,

    And just this evil, Sall. C. 37, 11; so 37, 2; id. J. 68, 3; Liv. 2, 29, 9; 4, 2, 2: id adeo manifestum erit, si cognoverimus, etc., and this, precisely this, will be evident, if, etc., Quint. 2, 16, 18 Spald.—It is rarely used with ille:

    ille adeo illum mentiri sibi credet,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 6.—Sometimes with the rel. pron.: quas adeo haud quisquam liber umquam tetigit, Plaut: Poen. 1, 2, 57; Cic. Fin. 2, 12, 37. —With interrog. pron.:

    Quis adeo tam Latinae linguae ignarus est, quin, etc.,

    Gell. 7, 17.—Adeo is joined with the pers. pron. when the discourse passes from one person to another, and attention is to be particularly directed to the latter: Juppiter, tuque adeo summe Sol, qui res omnes inspicis, and thou especially, and chiefly thou, Enn. ap. Prob.:

    teque adeo decus hoc aevi inibit,

    Verg. E. 4, 11; id. G. 1, 24: teque, Neptune, invoco, vosque adeo venti, Poët. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 34, 73;

    and without the copulative: vos adeo... item ego vos virgis circumvinciam,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 25.— Ego adeo often stands for ego quidem, equidem (egôge):

    tum libertatem Chrysalo largibere: ego adeo numquam accipiam,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 30; so id. Mil. 4, 4, 55; id. Truc. 4, 3, 73:

    ego adeo hanc primus inveni viam,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 16:

    nec me adeo fallit,

    Verg. A. 4, 96.—Ipse adeo (autos ge), for the sake of emphasis:

    atque hercle ipsum adeo contuor,

    Plaut. As. 2, 3, 24:

    ipsum adeo praesto video cum Davo,

    Ter. And. 2, 5, 4:

    ipse adeo senis ductor Rhoeteus ibat pulsibus,

    Sil. 14, 487.—
    2.
    With the conditional conjj. si, nisi, etc. (Gr. ei ge), if indeed, if truly:

    nihili est autem suum qui officium facere immemor est, nisi adeo monitus,

    unless, indeed, he is reminded of it, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 2: Si. Num illi molestae quippiam hae sunt nuptiae? Da. Nihil Hercle: aut si adeo, bidui est aut tridui haec sollicitudo, and if, indeed, etc. (not if also, for also is implied in aut), Ter. And. 2, 6, 7.—
    3.
    With adverbs: nunc adeo (nun ge), Plaut. As. 3, 1, 29; id. Mil. 2, 2, 4; id. Merc. 2, 2, 57; id. Men. 1, 2, 11; id. Ps. 1, 2, 52; id. Rud. 3, 4, 23; Ter. And. 4, 5, 26; Verg. A. 9, 156: jam adeo (dê ge), id. ib. 5, 268; Sil. 1, 20; 12, 534; Val. Fl. 3, 70. umquam adeo, Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 23:

    inde adeo,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 1:

    hinc adeo,

    Verg. E. 9, 59: sic adeo (houtôs ge), id. A. 4, 533; Sil. 12, 646:

    vix adeo,

    Verg. A. 6, 498:

    non adeo,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 57; Verg. A. 11, 436. —
    4.
    With adjectives = vel, indeed, even, very, fully:

    quot adeo cenae, quas deflevi, mortuae!

    how very many suppers, Plaut. Stich. 1, 3, 59: quotque adeo fuerint, qui temnere superbum... Lucil. ap. Non. 180, 2: nullumne malorum finem adeo poenaeque dabis (adeo separated from nullum by poet. license)? wilt thou make no end at all to calamity and punishment? Val. Fl. 4, 63:

    trīs adeo incertos caeca caligine soles erramus,

    three whole days we wander about, Verg. A. 3, 203; 7, 629.—And with comp. or the adv. magis, multo, etc.:

    quae futura et quae facta, eloquar: multo adeo melius quam illi, cum sim Juppiter,

    very much better, Plaut. Am. 5, 2, 3; so id. Truc. 2, 1, 5:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam aliā ullā culpā meā, contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15.—
    5.
    With the conjj. sive, aut, vel, in order to annex a more important thought, or to make a correction, or indeed, or rather, or even only:

    sive qui ipsi ambīssent, seu per internuntium, sive adeo aediles perfidiose quoi duint,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 71:

    si hercle scivissem, sive adeo joculo dixisset mihi, se illam amare,

    id. Merc. 5, 4, 33; so id. Truc. 4, 3, 1; id. Men. 5, 2, 74; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 9: nam si te tegeret pudor, sive adeo cor sapientia imbutum foret, Pacuv. ap. Non. 521, 10:

    mihi adeunda est ratio, quā ad Apronii quaestum, sive adeo, quā ad istius ingentem immanemque praedam possim pervenire,

    or rather, Cic. Verr 2, 3, 46, 110; Verg. A. 11, 369; so, atque adeo:

    ego princeps in adjutoribus atque adeo secundus,

    Cic. Att. 1, 17, 9.—
    6.
    With the imperative, for emphasis, like tandem, modo, dum, the Germ. so, and the Gr. ge (cf. L. and S.), now, I pray:

    propera adeo puerum tollere hinc ab janua,

    Ter. And. 4, 4, 20 (cf. xullabete g auton, Soph. Phil. 1003).—
    C.
    Like admodum or nimis, to give emphasis to an idea (for the most part only in comic poets, and never except with the positive of the adj.; cf. Consent. 2023 P.), indeed, truly, so very, so entirely:

    nam me ejus spero fratrem propemodum jam repperisse adulescentem adeo nobilem,

    so very noble, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 123:

    nec sum adeo informis,

    nor am I so very ugly, Verg. E. 2, 25:

    nam Caii Luciique casu non adeo fractus,

    Suet. Aug. 65:

    et merito adeo,

    and with perfect right, Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 42:

    etiam num credis te ignorarier aut tua facta adeo,

    do you, then, think that they are ignorant of you or your conduct entirely? id. Ph. 5, 8, 38.—
    D.
    To denote what exceeds expectation, even: quam omnium Thebis vir unam esse optimam dijudicat, quamque adeo cives Thebani rumificant probam, and whom even the Thebans (who are always ready to speak evil of others) declare to be an honest woman, Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 44.— Hence also it denotes something added to the rest of the sentence, besides, too, over and above, usually in the connection: -que adeo (rare, and never in prose; cf.

    adhuc, I.): quin te Di omnes perdant qui me hodie oculis vidisti tuis, meque adeo scelestum,

    and me too, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 122; cf. id. 4, 2, 32:

    haec adeo tibi me, ipsa palam fari omnipotens Saturnia jussit,

    Verg. A. 7, 427.
    III.
    After Caesar and Cicero (the only instance of this use adduced from Cicero's works, Off. 1, 11, 36, being found in a passage rejected by the best critics, as B. and K.).
    A.
    For adding an important and satisfactory reason to an assertion, and then it always stands at the beginning of the clause, indeed, for:

    cum Hanno perorāsset, nemini omnium cum eo certare necesse fuit: adeo prope omnis senatus Hannibalis erat: the idea is,

    Hanno's speech, though so powerful, was ineffectual, and did not need a reply; for all the senators belonged to the party of Hannibal, Liv. 21, 11, 1; so id. 2, 27, 3; 2, 28, 2; 8, 37, 2; Tac. Ann. 1, 50, 81; Juv. 3, 274; 14, 233.—Also for introducing a parenthesis: sed ne illi quidem ipsi satis mitem gentem fore (adeo ferocia atque indomita [p. 34] ingenia esse) ni subinde auro... principum animi concilientur, Liv. 21, 20, 8; so id. 9, 26, 17; 3, 4, 2; Tac. A. 2, 28.—
    B.
    When to a specific fact a general consideration is added as a reason for it, so, thus (in Livy very often):

    haud dubius, facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore: adeo non fortuna modo, sed ratio etiam cum barbaris stabat,

    thus not only fortune, but sagacity, was on the side of the barbarians, Liv. 5, 38, 4:

    adeo ex parvis saepe magnarum momenta rerum pendent,

    id. 27, 9, 1; so id. 4, 31, 5; 21, 33, 6; 28, 19; Quint. 1, 12, 7; Curt. 10, 2, 11; Tac. Agr. 1:

    adeo in teneris consuescere multum est,

    Verg. G. 2, 272.—
    C.
    In advancing from one thought to another more important = immo, rather, indeed, nay: nulla umquam res publica ubi tantus paupertati ac parsimoniae honos fuerit: adeo, quanto rerum minus, tanto minus cupiditatis erat, Liv. praef. 11; so Gell. 11, 7; Symm. Ep. 1, 30, 37.—
    D.
    With a negative after ne—quidem or quoque, so much the more or less, much less than, still less (post-Aug.):

    hujus totius temporis fortunam ne deflere quidem satis quisquam digne potuit: adeo nemo exprimere verbis potest,

    still less can one describe: it by words, Vell. 2, 67, 1:

    ne tecta quidem urbis, adeo publicum consilium numquam adiit,

    still less, Tac. A. 6, 15; so id. H. 3, 64; Curt. 7, 5, 35:

    favore militum anxius et superbia viri aequalium quoque, adeo superiorum intolerantis,

    who could not endure his equals even, much less his superiors, Tac. H. 4, 80.—So in gen., after any negative: quaelibet enim ex iis artibus in paucos libros contrahi solet: adeo infinito spatio ac traditione opus non est, so much the less is there need, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 16; Plin. 17, 12, 35, § 179; Tac. H. 3, 39.—(The assumption of a causal signif. of adeo = ideo, propterea, rests upon false readings. For in Cael. Cic. Fam. 8, 15 we should read ideo, B. and K., and in Liv. 24, 32, 6, ad ea, Weiss.).—See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 135-155.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adeo

  • 17 ir en contra de

    (v.) = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of
    Ex. Any mis-spellings, poor grammar and verbose phrasing and any other features that contravene good abstracting practice must be eliminated.
    Ex. If a planned activity flies in the face of human nature, its success will be only as great as the non-human factors can ensure.
    Ex. But since the project, development have largely gone against it, with many libraries installing their own data systems.
    Ex. Local interpretations of the rules, and modifications to suit local circumstances, certainly militate against standard records.
    Ex. To sum it up, ISBD stands in sharp contrast to the ideal of concise and clear entries followed by the founders of Anglo-American cataloging.
    Ex. What factors told against them?.
    Ex. These activities may also be at odds with processes routinely applied across the board, such as lamination.
    Ex. Libraries in developing countries may represent part of an alien cultural package, an importation ill suited to the country's needs, even working at cross purposes to the people's interests.
    Ex. These two functions of the library have often been at cross purposes to one another, because each has been associated with a conflicting view of the kind and amount of assistance to be offered to the reader.
    Ex. By imposing a ban one is only likely to set up antagonism and frustration which will turn against the very thing we are trying to encourage.
    Ex. For me a picture of myself in a dentist's waiting room is a perfect metaphor for set and setting very much in play against the easily obtained pleasures I usually get from reading.
    Ex. This is a rather unexpected conclusion, and is of course contrary to most of what has been stated in this text; it is also contrary to the experience of large numbers of librarians, who have found that controlled vocabularies are helpful in practice.
    Ex. Some of the information from the EEC Government in Brussels is provided off the record, which sometimes runs up against the UK Government's wall of secrecy.
    Ex. Which means we must create a reading environment that helps and encourages reading rather than works against it.
    Ex. Classes of children can sometimes prove to be stubbornly set against having anything to do with book introductions, and it is better then to engage them in other activities rather than be doggedly determined to have one's own way and to go on in the face of their antagonism.
    Ex. Unfortunately the Library of Congress still has a policy which runs counter to this need.
    Ex. This runs contrary to earlier user studies, particularly those of scientists and engineers, which concluded that perceived source accessibility was the overwhelming factor in source selection.
    Ex. Sharp of tongue, Watterston was often at loggerheads with the authorities, particularly the Joint Library Committee.
    Ex. Some teachers argue against book clubs, claiming that they bring together only a certain kind of avid reader, the literary equivalent of the religiously effete and over-pious.
    Ex. To sum it up, ISBD stands in sharp contrast to the ideal of concise and clear entries followed by the founders of Anglo-American cataloging.
    Ex. As a result public libraries came into disrepute and even today authorities speak against them.
    Ex. Unfortunately for them, this approach runs afoul of Iraqi tribal customs since they are, reportedly, endogamous with respect to tribe.
    Ex. As some of her prophecies came true, she fell afoul of the authorities and was arrested by the Holy Order.
    * * *
    (v.) = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of

    Ex: Any mis-spellings, poor grammar and verbose phrasing and any other features that contravene good abstracting practice must be eliminated.

    Ex: If a planned activity flies in the face of human nature, its success will be only as great as the non-human factors can ensure.
    Ex: But since the project, development have largely gone against it, with many libraries installing their own data systems.
    Ex: Local interpretations of the rules, and modifications to suit local circumstances, certainly militate against standard records.
    Ex: To sum it up, ISBD stands in sharp contrast to the ideal of concise and clear entries followed by the founders of Anglo-American cataloging.
    Ex: What factors told against them?.
    Ex: These activities may also be at odds with processes routinely applied across the board, such as lamination.
    Ex: Libraries in developing countries may represent part of an alien cultural package, an importation ill suited to the country's needs, even working at cross purposes to the people's interests.
    Ex: These two functions of the library have often been at cross purposes to one another, because each has been associated with a conflicting view of the kind and amount of assistance to be offered to the reader.
    Ex: By imposing a ban one is only likely to set up antagonism and frustration which will turn against the very thing we are trying to encourage.
    Ex: For me a picture of myself in a dentist's waiting room is a perfect metaphor for set and setting very much in play against the easily obtained pleasures I usually get from reading.
    Ex: This is a rather unexpected conclusion, and is of course contrary to most of what has been stated in this text; it is also contrary to the experience of large numbers of librarians, who have found that controlled vocabularies are helpful in practice.
    Ex: Some of the information from the EEC Government in Brussels is provided off the record, which sometimes runs up against the UK Government's wall of secrecy.
    Ex: Which means we must create a reading environment that helps and encourages reading rather than works against it.
    Ex: Classes of children can sometimes prove to be stubbornly set against having anything to do with book introductions, and it is better then to engage them in other activities rather than be doggedly determined to have one's own way and to go on in the face of their antagonism.
    Ex: Unfortunately the Library of Congress still has a policy which runs counter to this need.
    Ex: This runs contrary to earlier user studies, particularly those of scientists and engineers, which concluded that perceived source accessibility was the overwhelming factor in source selection.
    Ex: Sharp of tongue, Watterston was often at loggerheads with the authorities, particularly the Joint Library Committee.
    Ex: Some teachers argue against book clubs, claiming that they bring together only a certain kind of avid reader, the literary equivalent of the religiously effete and over-pious.
    Ex: To sum it up, ISBD stands in sharp contrast to the ideal of concise and clear entries followed by the founders of Anglo-American cataloging.
    Ex: As a result public libraries came into disrepute and even today authorities speak against them.
    Ex: Unfortunately for them, this approach runs afoul of Iraqi tribal customs since they are, reportedly, endogamous with respect to tribe.
    Ex: As some of her prophecies came true, she fell afoul of the authorities and was arrested by the Holy Order.

    Spanish-English dictionary > ir en contra de

  • 18 to

    1. tə,tu preposition
    1) (towards; in the direction of: I cycled to the station; The book fell to the floor; I went to the concert/lecture/play.) a, hacia
    2) (as far as: His story is a lie from beginning to end.) a, hasta
    3) (until: Did you stay to the end of the concert?) hasta
    4) (sometimes used to introduce the indirect object of a verb: He sent it to us; You're the only person I can talk to.) con, a
    5) (used in expressing various relations: Listen to me!; Did you reply to his letter?; Where's the key to this door?; He sang to (the accompaniment of) his guitar.) a, para
    6) (into a particular state or condition: She tore the letter to pieces.) en
    7) (used in expressing comparison or proportion: He's junior to me; Your skill is superior to mine; We won the match by 5 goals to 2.) a
    8) (showing the purpose or result of an action etc: He came quickly to my assistance; To my horror, he took a gun out of his pocket.) en; para
    9) (tə used before an infinitive eg after various verbs and adjectives, or in other constructions: I want to go!; He asked me to come; He worked hard to (= in order to) earn a lot of money; These buildings were designed to (= so as to) resist earthquakes; She opened her eyes to find him standing beside her; I arrived too late to see him.) para
    10) (used instead of a complete infinitive: He asked her to stay but she didn't want to.) (hacerlo)

    2. tu: adverb
    1) (into a closed or almost closed position: He pulled/pushed the door to.) hasta cerrar
    2) (used in phrasal verbs and compounds: He came to (= regained consciousness).) a
    •
    to prep
    1. a
    2. a / hasta
    she works from nine to five trabaja de nueve a cinco / trabaja desde las nueve hasta las cinco
    3. menos
    4. para
    to
    tr[tʊ, ʊnstressed tə]
    ■ did you go to the bank? ¿fuiste al banco?
    ■ A is to the north/south/east/west of B A está al norte/sur/este/oeste de B
    2 (towards) hacia
    3 (as far as, until) a, hasta
    ■ I like all music, from Abba to ZZTop me gusta toda la música, desde Abba hasta ZZTop
    4 (of time) menos
    6 (for) de
    ■ what's the answer to question 4? ¿cuál es la respuesta a la pregunta número 4?
    7 (attitude, behaviour) con, para con
    9 (touching) a, contra
    10 (accompanied by) acompañado,-a de
    ■ to my surprise, it was empty para mi sorpresa, estaba vacío
    12 (as seen by) por lo que respecta
    ■ to a foreigner, it must seem awful para un extranjero, debe parecer terrible
    ■ to some people he was a hero, to others a traitor para algunos era un héroe, para otros era un traidor
    14 (ratio) a
    15 (per, equivalent) a, en
    ■ how much does your car do to the gallon? ≈ ¿cuánto gasta tu coche a los cien kilómetros?
    16 (according to) según
    ■ is it to your taste? ¿es de su agrado?
    18 (in order to) para, a fin de
    ■ would you like to dance? --I'd love to ¿te gustaría bailar? --me encantaría
    ■ she didn't want to go, but she had to no quería ir, pero no le quedaba más remedio
    1 (of door) ajustada
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    to and fro vaivén, ir y venir Table 1SMALLNOTA/SMALL Cuando se usa con la raíz del verbo para formar el infinitivo no se traduce/Table 1 ■ I want to help you quiero ayudarte
    to ['tu:] adv
    1) : a un estado consciente
    to come to: volver en sí
    2)
    to and fro : de aquí para allá, de un lado para otro
    to prep
    to go to the doctor: ir al médico
    I'm going to John's: voy a la casa de John
    2) toward: a, hacia
    two miles to the south: dos millas hacia el sur
    3) on: en, sobre
    apply salve to the wound: póngale ungüento a la herida
    4) up to: hasta, a
    to a degree: hasta cierto grado
    from head to toe: de pies a cabeza
    it's quarter to seven: son las siete menos cuarto
    6) until: a, hasta
    from May to December: de mayo a diciembre
    the key to the lock: la llave del candado
    dancing to the rhythm: bailando al compás
    it's similar to mine: es parecido al mío
    they won 4 to 2: ganaron 4 a 2
    made to order: hecho a la orden
    to my knowledge: a mi saber
    11) (indicating inclusion) : en cada, por
    twenty to the box: veinte por caja
    to understand: entender
    to go away: irse

    I tuː, weak form tə
    1)

    we went to John's — fuimos a casa de John, fuimos a lo de John (RPl), fuimos donde John (esp AmL)

    you can wear it to a party/the wedding — puedes ponértelo para una fiesta/la boda

    to the left/right of something — a la izquierda/derecha de algo

    2) (against, onto)
    3)
    a) ( as far as) hasta
    b) ( until) hasta

    there will be 30 to 35 guests — habrá entre 30 y 35 invitados; see also from 4)

    4)

    who did you send/give it to? — ¿a quién se lo mandaste/diste?

    what did you say to him/them? — ¿qué le/les dijiste?

    I'll hand you over to Jane — te paso or (Esp tb) te pongo con Jane

    I was singing/talking to myself — estaba cantando/hablando solo

    to me, he will always be a hero — para mí, siempre será un héroe

    he was very kind/rude to me — fue muy amable/grosero conmigo

    b) (in toasts, dedications)

    to Paul with love from Jane — para Paul, con cariño de Jane

    5) (indicating proportion, relation)

    how many ounces are there to the pound? — ¿cuántas onzas hay en una libra?

    it does 30 miles to the gallon — da or rinde 30 millas por galón, consume 6.75 litros a los or por cada cien kilómetros

    there's a 10 to 1 chance of... — hay una probabilidad de uno en 10 de...

    that's nothing to what followed — eso no es nada comparado or en comparación con lo que vino después

    what do you say to that? — ¿qué dices a eso?, ¿qué te parece (eso)?

    7)
    b) ( producing)

    to my horror/delight... — para mi horror/alegría...

    it has a nice ring/sound to it — suena bien

    9) ( telling time) (BrE)

    ten to three — las tres menos diez, diez para las tres (AmL exc RPl)

    they sang it to the tune of `Clementine' — lo cantaron con la melodía de `Clementine'


    II tə
    1)
    a)

    to sing/fear/leave — cantar/temer/partir

    b) ( in order to) para

    he awoke to find her gone — cuando despertó, ella ya se había ido

    2) (after adj or n)

    it's easy/difficult to do — es fácil/difícil de hacer


    III tuː
    [tʊ, tuː, tǝ]
    1. PREPOSITION
    When to is the second element in a phrasal verb, eg set to, heave to, look up the phrasal verb. When to is part of a set combination, eg nice to, to my mind, to all appearances, appeal to, look up the other word. Note: a + el = al

    it's 90 kilometres to Lima — de aquí a Lima hay 90 kilómetros, hay 90 kilómetros a Lima

    to go to Paris/Spain — ir a París/España

    to go to school/university — ir al colegio/a la Universidad

    I liked the exhibition, I went to it twice — me gustó la exposición, fui a verla dos veces

    we're going to John's/my parents' for Christmas — vamos a casa de John/mis padres por Navidad

    • have you ever been to India? — ¿has estado alguna vez en la India?

    • flights to Heathrow — vuelos a or con destino a Heathrow

    • the road to Edinburgh — la carretera de Edimburgo

    church 1., 2)
    2) (=towards) hacia

    move it to the left/right — muévelo hacia la izquierda/derecha

    3) (=as far as) hasta

    from here to London — de aquí a or hasta Londres

    4) (=up to) hasta

    to some extent — hasta cierto punto, en cierta medida

    • to this day I still don't know what he meant — aún hoy no sé lo que quiso decir

    • he didn't stay to the end — no se quedó hasta el final

    • from Monday to Friday — de lunes a viernes

    from morning to night — de la mañana a la noche, desde la mañana hasta la noche

    • funds to the value of... — fondos por valor de...

    decimal 1.
    5) (=located at) a
    6) (=against) contra

    it's a quarter to three — son las tres menos cuarto, es or (LAm) falta un cuarto para las tres

    the man I sold it to or frm to whom I sold it — el hombre a quien se lo vendí

    it belongs to me — me pertenece (a mí), es mío

    what is that to me? — ¿y a mí qué me importa eso?

    "that's strange," I said to myself — -es raro -me dije para mis adentros

    9) (in dedications, greetings)

    greetings to all our friends! — ¡saludos a todos los amigos!

    welcome to you all! — ¡bienvenidos todos!

    "to P.R. Lilly" — (in book) "para P.R. Lilly"

    here's to you! — ¡va por ti!, ¡por ti!

    a monument to the fallen — un monumento a los caídos, un monumento en honor a los caídos

    10) (in ratios, proportions) por

    three to the fourth, three to the power of four — (Math) tres a la cuarta potencia

    12) (=about, concerning)

    what do you say to that? — ¿qué te parece (eso)?

    what would you say to a beer? — ¿te parece que tomemos una cerveza?

    "to repairing pipes:..." — (on bill) "reparación de las cañerías:..."

    13) (=according to) según

    to my way of thinking — a mi modo de ver, según mi modo de pensar

    14) (=to the accompaniment of)

    it is sung to the tune of "Tipperary" — se canta con la melodía de "Tipperary"

    15) (=of, for) de
    16) (with gerund/noun)

    • to look forward to doing sth — tener muchas ganas de hacer algo

    • to prefer painting to drawing — preferir pintar a dibujar

    • to be used to (doing) sth — estar acostumbrado a (hacer) algo

    • to this end — a or con este fin

    • to my enormous shame I did nothing — para gran vergüenza mía, no hice nada

    • to my great surprise — con gran sorpresa por mi parte, para gran sorpresa mía

    2. INFINITIVE PARTICLE
    a)
    A preposition may be required with the Spanish infinitive, depending on what precedes it: look up the verb.

    • she refused to listen — se negó a escuchar

    • to start to cry — empezar or ponerse a llorar

    • to try to do sth — tratar de hacer algo, intentar hacer algo

    • to want to do sth — querer hacer algo

    • I'd advise you to think this over — te aconsejaría que te pensaras bien esto

    • he'd like me to give up work — le gustaría que dejase de trabajar

    • we'd prefer him to go to university — preferiríamos que fuese a la universidad

    • I want you to do it — quiero que lo hagas

    c)

    there was no one for me to ask, there wasn't anyone for me to ask — no había nadie a quien yo pudiese preguntar

    he's not the sort or type to do that — no es de los que hacen eso

    • that book is still to be written — ese libro está todavía por escribir

    • now is the time to do it — ahora es el momento de hacerlo

    • and who is he to criticize? — ¿y quién es él para criticar?

    3) (purpose, result) para

    it disappeared, never to be seen again — desapareció para siempre

    The particle to is not translated when it stands for the infinitive:

    "would you like to come to dinner?" - "I'd love to!" — -¿te gustaría venir a cenar? -¡me encantaría!

    For combinations like difficult/easy/foolish/ ready/ slow to etc, look up the adjective.

    the first/last to go — el primero/último en irse

    See:
    EASY, DIFFICULT, IMPOSSIBLE in easy

    and then to be let down like that! — ¡y para que luego te decepcionen así!

    and to think he didn't mean a word of it! — ¡y pensar que nada de lo que dijo era de verdad!

    7)

    to see him now one would never think that... — al verlo or viéndolo ahora nadie creería que...

    3.
    ADVERB

    to pull the door to — tirar de la puerta para cerrarla, cerrar la puerta tirando

    to push the door to — empujar la puerta para cerrarla, cerrar la puerta empujando

    * * *

    I [tuː], weak form [tə]
    1)

    we went to John's — fuimos a casa de John, fuimos a lo de John (RPl), fuimos donde John (esp AmL)

    you can wear it to a party/the wedding — puedes ponértelo para una fiesta/la boda

    to the left/right of something — a la izquierda/derecha de algo

    2) (against, onto)
    3)
    a) ( as far as) hasta
    b) ( until) hasta

    there will be 30 to 35 guests — habrá entre 30 y 35 invitados; see also from 4)

    4)

    who did you send/give it to? — ¿a quién se lo mandaste/diste?

    what did you say to him/them? — ¿qué le/les dijiste?

    I'll hand you over to Jane — te paso or (Esp tb) te pongo con Jane

    I was singing/talking to myself — estaba cantando/hablando solo

    to me, he will always be a hero — para mí, siempre será un héroe

    he was very kind/rude to me — fue muy amable/grosero conmigo

    b) (in toasts, dedications)

    to Paul with love from Jane — para Paul, con cariño de Jane

    5) (indicating proportion, relation)

    how many ounces are there to the pound? — ¿cuántas onzas hay en una libra?

    it does 30 miles to the gallon — da or rinde 30 millas por galón, consume 6.75 litros a los or por cada cien kilómetros

    there's a 10 to 1 chance of... — hay una probabilidad de uno en 10 de...

    that's nothing to what followed — eso no es nada comparado or en comparación con lo que vino después

    what do you say to that? — ¿qué dices a eso?, ¿qué te parece (eso)?

    7)
    b) ( producing)

    to my horror/delight... — para mi horror/alegría...

    it has a nice ring/sound to it — suena bien

    9) ( telling time) (BrE)

    ten to three — las tres menos diez, diez para las tres (AmL exc RPl)

    they sang it to the tune of `Clementine' — lo cantaron con la melodía de `Clementine'


    II [tə]
    1)
    a)

    to sing/fear/leave — cantar/temer/partir

    b) ( in order to) para

    he awoke to find her gone — cuando despertó, ella ya se había ido

    2) (after adj or n)

    it's easy/difficult to do — es fácil/difícil de hacer


    III [tuː]

    English-spanish dictionary > to

  • 19 st|ać1

    impf (stoję, stoisz) vi 1. (być w pozycji pionowej) [osoba] to stand
    - stać na palcach to stand on tiptoe
    - stać na rękach to stand on one’s hands
    - stać na głowie to stand on one’s head
    - stać okrakiem nad czymś to straddle sth
    - stać na baczność to stand at attention
    - robić coś stojąc to do sth standing up
    - ledwie stał na nogach ze zmęczenia he was so tired that he could hardly stand
    - nie może stać o własnych siłach he’s too weak to stand up on his own
    2. (trwać bez ruchu) to stand
    - stać w miejscu [osoba] to stand still
    - stoimy w miejscu a. projekt stoi w miejscu we’re not making headway a. any progress
    - stój spokojnie! stand still!
    - nie stój tak, zrób coś don’t just stand there, do something!
    - stać w korku to be stuck in a traffic jam
    - pociąg stoi na stacji the train is standing at the station
    - winda stoi między piętrami the lift is stuck between floors
    - statek stoi na kotwicy the ship is lying at anchor
    - stój! a. stać! (komenda wojskowa) halt!; (do uciekającego przestępcy) freeze!
    - stójcie, nie tak szybko (idźcie wolniej) slow down!; (zastanówcie się jeszcze) hold on, not so fast!
    - powietrze stoi the air is still
    3. (być umiejscowionym, być obecnym) [osoba, przedmiot] to stand
    - stać w szeregu to stand in a row
    - przy oknie stał jakiś mężczyzna some man or other was standing at the window
    - nie stójcie na deszczu don’t stand in the rain
    - szafa stojąca w kącie pokoju a wardrobe standing in the corner of the room
    - na półce stały książki there were some books on the shelf
    - sok stoi w dzbanku the juice is in the jug
    - dom stoi na wzgórzu the house stands on a hill
    - stać na solidnych fundamentach [budynek, związek, firma] to have solid foundations
    - stojące rzędami samochody cars standing in rows
    - gdzie stoisz? (samochodem) where have you parked?
    - stać przed/za czymś [przymiotnik, przecinek] to precede/follow sth, to go before/go after sth
    - na ulicy stoi woda the streets are flooded with water
    - stać wysoko na niebie [księżyc, słońce] to be high in the sky
    - stać komuś w pamięci przen. to stand out in sb’s memory
    - w oczach stoi mi jej postać przen. I can see her in my mind’s eye
    4. (wykonywać czynność, pełnić funkcję) stać na warcie to be on guard
    - stać przy kuchni to stand over a stove
    - stać u steru (na statku) to stand behind the wheel; przen. to be at the helm
    - stać na czele partii to be the leader of a party
    - stać na bramce to be in goal
    - stać przy maszynie to operate a machine
    - stać za ladą to stand behind the counter
    - stać po mięso/chleb pot. to queue GB a. line up US for meat/bread
    5. (znajdować się w położeniu, być w stanie) stać na skraju przepaści przen. to be on the edge of disaster
    - stać u progu kariery to be on the threshold of a career
    - stać wysoko w hierarchii to be high up in the pecking order
    - stać wysoko w sondażach to be riding high in the polls
    - stać na równi z kimś to be on an equal footing with sb
    - stać wyżej od kogoś na szczeblach władzy to be above sb in the ranks of power
    - stać ponad prawem to be above the law
    - stać za czymś przen. (być sprawcą) to be behind sth
    - kto za tym wszystkim stoi? who’s behind all this?
    - stać przy kimś przen. (wspierać) to stand by sb
    - stać nad kimś przen. (pilnować) to stand over sb
    - stać nad kimś, jak kat nad dobrą duszą to stand over sb like a prison guard
    - stać po czyjejś stronie (popierać) to be on sb’s side
    - stać z boku to stand to one side
    - stać komuś na drodze przen. to stand in sb’s way przen.
    - stać ponad podziałami to be above petty divisions
    - stać w ogniu [budynek, miasto] to be in flames
    - stać otworem [brama, drzwi] to stand open
    - dom stoi pusty the house stands empty
    - dobrze stać finansowo [osoba, przedsiębiorstwo] to be doing well
    - dobrze/kiepsko stoję z matematyki pot. my maths marks are good/poor
    - jak stoimy z czasem? pot. how are we (doing) for time?
    - stać na wysokim/niskim poziomie [mecz, zawody] to be of high quality
    - stać wysoko/nisko [kultura, przemysł] to be well/poorly developed
    - nasze akcje nisko/wysoko stoją our shares are doing well/badly
    - jak stoją dolary? pot. what’s the exchange rate for the dollar?
    - jak sprawy stoją? what’s the situation?
    - stać na stanowisku, że… to be of the opinion that…
    - stać przed problemem/wyzwaniem/dylematem to be faced with a problem/challenge/dilemma
    - stać wobec groźby czegoś to face the threat of sth
    - stać w obliczu konieczności zrobienia czegoś to be confronted with the necessity of doing sth
    - stać w sprzeczności z czymś to be at odds with sth
    - nic nie stoi na przeszkodzie, żebyśmy… there’s no reason why we/you shouldn’t…
    - chcę wiedzieć, na czym stoję pot. I want to know where I stand
    6. (nie zmarnieć) [roślina] to last
    - róże mogą stać i miesiąc roses can last a month cut
    7. (być w pionie, sterczeć do góry) to stand
    - stojące uszy psa a dog’s pricked-up ears
    - stojąca lampa a standard lamp
    - wieszak stojący a coat stand
    - stoi mu posp. (ma erekcję) he has a hard-on wulg.
    8. (nie działać) [fabryka] (z powodu strajku) to be on strike; (wstrzymać produkcję) to not work
    - mój zegarek stoi my watch has stopped
    - produkcja stoi the production is on hold
    - cały kraj stoi the entire country is on strike
    9. pot. (być napisanym) to say
    - tam stoi napisane, że… it says there that…
    - w dokumencie stoi, że… it says in the document that…
    10. książk. (opierać się) stać na czymś to be based on sth
    - nasza gospodarka stoi na węglu our economy is based on coal mining
    - Polska rolnictwem stoi the Polish economy is based on agriculture
    11. przest. (dbać) stać o coś to be after sth
    - ja nie stoję o pieniądze I’m not after money
    12. przest. (mieszkać, stacjonować) stać gdzieś na kwaterze to be quartered somewhere
    - stać gdzieś obozem [armia, wódz] to encamp somewhere
    - we wsi stało wojsko soldiers were stationed in the village
    13. przest. (wystarczyć) nie stało mu sił he ran out of strength
    - nie stało mu talentu he didn’t have enough talent
    ■ umowa stoi! it’s a deal
    - wybiegł, jak stał he stormed out without stopping to think

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > st|ać1

  • 20 respaldar

    m.
    1 backrest, seat back, seatback.
    El respaldar de la silla es muy duro The chair's backrest is too hard.
    2 bed rest.
    v.
    1 to back, to support.
    varios intelectuales respaldan la candidatura del escritor several intellectuals are backing o supporting the writer as a candidate
    el descubrimiento respalda su teoría the discovery backs up o supports his theory
    Ellos respaldan la calidad They back the quality.
    Ellos respaldan las evidencias They provide proof for the evidence.
    2 to buttress, to prop, to uphold, to reinforce.
    Ellos respaldan las paredes They buttress the walls.
    * * *
    1 to support, back (up)
    1 to lean back (en, on)
    2 (apoyarse) to lean (en, on)
    * * *
    verb
    to back, support
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) [+ documento] to endorse
    2) (=apoyar) to back, support
    3) (Inform) to support
    4) (=garantizar) to guarantee
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) < persona> ( apoyar) to support, back; ( en discusión) to back... up
    b) <propuesta/plan> to support, back

    respaldado por la experiencia — backed by o with the backing of experience

    2) ( endosar) < documento> to endorse
    2.
    respaldarse v pron
    1) ( en sillón) to sit back; (contra árbol, pared) to lean back
    2) ( depender)
    * * *
    = back, give + weight to, lend + weight to, support, underpin, back + Nombre + up, buttress, add + weight to, add + Posesivo + weight to, back into, stand by.
    Ex. Co-operative, carefully planned and financed internationally backed efforts have been the keynote of more recent activity.
    Ex. The resulting compromise in the overall design principles followed is, therefore, likely to give greater weight to these conventional needs.
    Ex. They can bring into relief differing conditions in member countries and they often lend weight to arguments for or against various policy options.
    Ex. In order to support these three elements, and to ensure that schemes are updated it is important to have some organisation which takes responsibility for revision and publication.
    Ex. This process is underpinned by a patient-based information system which is timely, accessible and credible to all participants.
    Ex. Often they use rather fancy words, such as 'theoretical models' or 'constructs' or 'paradigms' to describe what are, very frequently, no more than hypothetical ideas or categorisations which have little empirical evidence to back them up.
    Ex. Authors were often buttressed in their novel writing by other pieces of freelance writing.
    Ex. Measurement of library activities can provide the evidence to erase misconceptions and add weight to those aspects of service that present a more powerful image = La medición de las actividades bibliotecarias puede proporcionar las pruebas necesarias para erradicar falsas ideas y apoyar aquellos aspectos del servicio que presentan una mejor imagen de la biblioteca.
    Ex. But the unions were able to add their weight to the authority of the parliamentary investigators in bringing the worst excesses of unregulated apprenticeship and of working conditions under control = No obstante, los sindicatos pudieron reforzar la autoridad de los investigadores parlamentarios para controlar los peores excesos que se cometían en el aprendizaje de un oficio y las condiciones laborales sin regularizar.
    Ex. To the best of my knowledge, most of the big research libraries backed into the world of media = Según mi opinión, la mayoría de las bibliotecas académicas apostaron por adquirir todo tipo de soporte.
    Ex. It's hard to believe she stands by a man who gets his kicks out of beating her black and blue everynight.
    ----
    * estar respaldado por Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.
    * respaldar Algo = lend + authority to.
    * respaldar el argumento de uno = back up + story.
    * respaldar una conclusión = support + conclusion.
    * respaldar una opinión = buttress + claim, support + view.
    * respaldar un argumento = back + Posesivo + argument, buttress + argument, buttress + Posesivo + case.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) < persona> ( apoyar) to support, back; ( en discusión) to back... up
    b) <propuesta/plan> to support, back

    respaldado por la experiencia — backed by o with the backing of experience

    2) ( endosar) < documento> to endorse
    2.
    respaldarse v pron
    1) ( en sillón) to sit back; (contra árbol, pared) to lean back
    2) ( depender)
    * * *
    = back, give + weight to, lend + weight to, support, underpin, back + Nombre + up, buttress, add + weight to, add + Posesivo + weight to, back into, stand by.

    Ex: Co-operative, carefully planned and financed internationally backed efforts have been the keynote of more recent activity.

    Ex: The resulting compromise in the overall design principles followed is, therefore, likely to give greater weight to these conventional needs.
    Ex: They can bring into relief differing conditions in member countries and they often lend weight to arguments for or against various policy options.
    Ex: In order to support these three elements, and to ensure that schemes are updated it is important to have some organisation which takes responsibility for revision and publication.
    Ex: This process is underpinned by a patient-based information system which is timely, accessible and credible to all participants.
    Ex: Often they use rather fancy words, such as 'theoretical models' or 'constructs' or 'paradigms' to describe what are, very frequently, no more than hypothetical ideas or categorisations which have little empirical evidence to back them up.
    Ex: Authors were often buttressed in their novel writing by other pieces of freelance writing.
    Ex: Measurement of library activities can provide the evidence to erase misconceptions and add weight to those aspects of service that present a more powerful image = La medición de las actividades bibliotecarias puede proporcionar las pruebas necesarias para erradicar falsas ideas y apoyar aquellos aspectos del servicio que presentan una mejor imagen de la biblioteca.
    Ex: But the unions were able to add their weight to the authority of the parliamentary investigators in bringing the worst excesses of unregulated apprenticeship and of working conditions under control = No obstante, los sindicatos pudieron reforzar la autoridad de los investigadores parlamentarios para controlar los peores excesos que se cometían en el aprendizaje de un oficio y las condiciones laborales sin regularizar.
    Ex: To the best of my knowledge, most of the big research libraries backed into the world of media = Según mi opinión, la mayoría de las bibliotecas académicas apostaron por adquirir todo tipo de soporte.
    Ex: It's hard to believe she stands by a man who gets his kicks out of beating her black and blue everynight.
    * estar respaldado por Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.
    * respaldar Algo = lend + authority to.
    * respaldar el argumento de uno = back up + story.
    * respaldar una conclusión = support + conclusion.
    * respaldar una opinión = buttress + claim, support + view.
    * respaldar un argumento = back + Posesivo + argument, buttress + argument, buttress + Posesivo + case.

    * * *
    back
    respaldar2 [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹persona› (apoyar) to support, back; (en una discusión) to back … up
    2 ‹propuesta/plan› to support, back, endorse
    la moneda está respaldada por las reservas del banco central the currency is backed o supported by the reserves of the central bank
    un producto respaldado por 100 años de experiencia a product backed by o with the backing of 100 years' experience
    B (endosar) ‹documento› to endorse
    A (en un sillón) to sit back; (contra un árbol, una pared) to lean back
    B (apoyarse) respaldarse EN algo/algn:
    se respalda mucho en sus padres he leans heavily on his parents (for support)
    siguen respaldándose en las mismas teorías they are still basing their arguments/case on the same theories
    * * *

     

    respaldar ( conjugate respaldar) verbo transitivo ‹ persona› ( apoyar) to support, back;
    ( en discusión) to back up;
    ‹propuesta/plan› to support, back;
    ‹versión/teoría› to support, back up
    respaldar verbo transitivo to support, back: nadie respaldó su proyecto, nobody backed her project
    ' respaldar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    fiar
    - apoyar
    English:
    back
    - endorse
    - support
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [proyecto, empresa] to back, to support;
    varios intelectuales respaldan la candidatura del escritor several intellectuals are backing o supporting the writer as a candidate
    2. [tesis] to back up, to support;
    el descubrimiento respalda su teoría the discovery backs up o supports his theory
    * * *
    v/t back, support
    * * *
    : to back, to support, to endorse
    * * *
    respaldar vb to back / to support

    Spanish-English dictionary > respaldar

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • Order of Friars Minor —     Order of Friars Minor     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Order of Friars Minor     (Also known as FRANCISCANS.) This subject may be conveniently considered under the following heads:     I. General History of the Order;     A. First Period (1209… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Characters of The Order of the Stick — This is a list of characters from the webcomic The Order of the Stick (OOTS). It is a comedic webcomic that celebrates and satirizes tabletop role playing games and medieval fantasy through the ongoing tale of the eponymous fellowship of… …   Wikipedia

  • Order of Australia — Insignia of an Officer of the Order of Australia Awarded by the Queen of Au …   Wikipedia

  • The Disney Gallery — Disneyland Land Main Street, U.S.A. Opening date October 2, 2009 …   Wikipedia

  • The Vatican —     The Vatican     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Vatican     This subject will be treated under the following heads:     I. Introduction; II. Architectural History of the Vatican Palace; III. Description of the Palace; IV. Description of the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Rite of Constantinople (Byzantine Rite) —     The Rite of Constantinople     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Rite of Constantinople     (Also BYZANTINE RITE.)     The Liturgies, Divine Office, forms for the administration of sacraments and for various blessings, sacramentals, and exorcisms …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Church —     The Church     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church     The term church (Anglo Saxon, cirice, circe; Modern German, Kirche; Sw., Kyrka) is the name employed in the Teutonic languages to render the Greek ekklesia (ecclesia), the term by which… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) —     The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     I. IN THE UNITED STATES     Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Carmelite Order —     The Carmelite Order     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Carmelite Order     One of the mendicant orders.     Origin     The date of the foundation of the Order of Our Lady of Mount Carmel has been under discussion from the fourteenth century to …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Animatrix — DVD Cover Directed by Wachowski brothers Koji Morimoto Shinichiro Watanabe Mahiro Maeda Peter Chung Andy Jones Yoshiaki Kawaji …   Wikipedia

  • The Numbers Gang — In Pollsmoor Prison, Cape Town Years active 1911–present Territory All prisons in South Africa Ethnicity Primarily Cape Coloureds and Black Africans Criminal activities Extortion, Rape, Inmate Prostitution, Murder …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»